Home   Package List   Routine Alphabetical List   Global Alphabetical List   FileMan Files List   FileMan Sub-Files List   Package Component Lists   Package-Namespace Mapping  
Info |  Desc |  Directly Accessed By Routines |  Accessed By FileMan Db Calls |  Pointed To By FileMan Files |  Pointer To FileMan Files |  Fields |  ICR  | All
Print Page as PDF
Global: ^DPT

Package: Registration

Global: ^DPT


Information

FileMan FileNo FileMan Filename Package
2 PATIENT Registration

Description

Directly Accessed By Routines, Total: 3429

Package Total Routines
Registration 582 DG BAI    DG FEMALE HISTORICAL    DG ISO SENSITIVE RCDS SORT    DG LOAD EDIT SCREEN 7    DG10    DG101    DG101 PRE-SCCP-TEST    DG1010P
DG101F    DG311PIR    DG3PR1    DG3PR2    DG401    DG501    DG501 SAVE 5.2    DG501-10D
DG501F    DG501F-10D    DG501Q    DG53342P    DG53372A    DG53558M    DG53672C    DG53735P
DG53A564    DG53P624    DG967PST    DGADDUTL    DGDEP1    DGDEP3    DGDIST    DGEEREIM
DGENA3    DGENCDA2    DGENCLN1    DGENELA1    DGENLCD    DGENLEH    DGFFP02    DGFFP03
DGHTENR    DGMSEUTL    DGMTA    DGMTCOR    DGMTOPYT    DGMTR1    DGOVBC    DGOVBC2
DGPFAA2    DGPM BED EDIT    DGPM CHECK-IN LODGER    DGPMDDCN    DGPMRB    DGPMV10    DGPMV33    DGPREPST
DGPT WORKFILE    DGPTAEE    DGPTAPSL    DGPTF1    DGPTFD    DGPTFM71    DGPTFREL    DGPTFTR
DGPTFUT    DGPTFVC    DGPTFVC1    DGPTODI2    DGPTOM2    DGPTRNU    DGPTSUDO    DGPTTS
DGPTX1    DGPTX12    DGPWB    DGQPT    DGQWK    DGR111    DGREGCP1    DGREGE
DGROHLR1    DGROHLU    DGRP5    DGRP6CL2    DGRP6EF    DGRP7CP    DGRPC    DGRPCK
DGRPEIS    DGRPEIS2    DGRPLE    DGRPTX    DGRPTX27    DGRPV    DGRPXX7    DGRRLU1
DGRRLU1A    DGRRPSEE    DGRUGBGJ    DGRUGPI    DGRUGS    DGRUGSA    DGWAIT    DGWPT1
DGX51    DGYPREG    DGYPREG1    DGYPSDE3    DGYZODS    DPTDUP    VADPT3    VADPT6
VAFCAPI    VAFCMS03    VAFCMSG0    VAFCPDT2    VAFCRAU    VAFCRPC    VAFHDD    VAFHLZCT
^DGEN(27.11    DG5393PT    DG837PST    DGDIS    DGEN408    DGENCDA    DGENCDA1    DGENCLEA
DGFFPLM1    DGLOCK2    DGMTCOU1    DGOIL1    DGPASS    DGPFDD    DGPMEVT    DGPPRRPT
DGPREBJ1    DGPTFJC    DGPTLMU1    DGPTXX1    DGQPTQ2    DGRP    DGRP1152U    DGRPCP1
DGRPCTRG    DGRPTX37    DGRPX7    DGRPXC    DGRRPSD3    DGRUGPP1    DGUTL3    VADPT1
VADPT5    VAFCEHLM    VAFCTFU2    VAFHCOPT    ^DGPT    DG1043P    DG531086P    DG531093P
DG53141P    DG53213P    DG53401P    DG53426    DG53461    DG53672R    DG53742    DG53P604
DG53P893    DG53S451    DG944PST    DGBLRV    DGCV1    DGCVRPT    DGDIS1    DGDISPOSTIONS
DGENA5    DGENDD    DGENLCD1    DGENLUP    DGENOEIF    DGENPTA    DGENSEC    DGFFPLM
DGHBPUTL    DGHELP    DGLOCK1    DGMHVAC    DGMSE    DGMSRPT1    DGMT ENTER/EDIT MARITAL STATUS    DGMT ENTER/EDIT NET WORTH
DGMTDD    DGMTDELS    DGMTHL    DGMTO1    DGMTOHD    DGMTR    DGMTU23    DGMTU4
DGOINPT1    DGOINS1    DGOTHFSM    DGOTHRP6    DGPHIST    DGPM ASIH ADMIT    DGPMOBS    DGPMXAS1
DGPOTEN    DGPSEU2    DGPT 099    DGPT FEE BASIS    DGPTX11    DGQPTQ5    DGREG    DGREGCOP
DGREGDEL    DGREGTE2    DGREGTED    DGRP4    DGRPDB    DGRPEIS3    DGRPMS    DGRPTX8
DGSEC    DGYPREG5    ^DG(405.4    DGPTCR    DGPTLMU4    DGPTUTL1    DGPTXX8    DGQPTQ1
DGREGAZL    DGREGFAC    DGREGTZL    DGROHLR    DGROUT2    DGRP3    DGRP61    DGRPC1
DGRPCADD    DGRPTX2    DGRPTX6    DGRPX72    DGRPX77    DGRPXX76    DGRUGIX    VAFHLZEL
^DGCN(391.98    ^DGPM    ^DGS(43.5    DGRPE    DGRPTX4    DGRRLU    DGVTS00    DPTLK2
DPTLK5    DPTLK6    VAFCMGB3    VAFCMSG3    VAFCPTAD    VAFCPTED    VAFCQRY3    VAFHAPV1
VAFHCPV    ^DGMT(408.41    ^DGS(41.43    ^DIC(8.2    VAFHLZPD    ^VAT(391.71    DG53130P    DG53294A
DG53358    DG53500    DG53514    DG53528P    DG53658    DG53695    DG53985E    DG53B563
DG53P597    DG53P600    DG702PST    DGCOL    DGDEATH    DGDEP    DGDISS    DGEN
DGENELA2    DGENUPA    DGENUPL2    DGENUPL3    DGHTHL7    DGMSTAPI    DGMSTL1    DGMSTR1
DGMSTR4    DGMTDEL    DGMTE    DGMTOFA    DGMTREQB    DGNTAPI1    DGODMT    DGODNP1
DGOREL1    DGOTHD    DGPFHLL1    DGPFHLS    DGPM INP HISTORICAL 1 DIVISION    DGPM INP HISTORICAL DIVISION    DGPMDD    DGPMGLG1
DGPMOLD1    DGPMTSO1    DGPMV1    DGPMVBUL    DGPREP0    DGPREP2    DGPSEUDO    DGPT 151
DGPTAPA1    DGPTFM7    DGPTFMO    DGPTRPO    DGPTUTL    DGQEHL70    DGRAI    DGREGCP2
DGRP1152A    DGRPC2    DGRPECE    DGRPP    DGRPTX31    DGRPTX7    DGRPXX72    DGRRLU6
DGSRVICE    DGYSPOST    ^DGP(45.84    ^DIC(42    DGPTDRG    DGPTODI3    DGPTOLC2    DGRP10
DGRP62    DGRPTX34    DGRPTX36    DGRPTX40    DGRPTX5    DGRPX75    DGRRLU2    DGRRLUA
DGRRPSKN    DGRRPSXX    DGSCHAD3    DGSEC4    DGUTL    DPTLK7    DPTNAME    VADPT0
VADPT4    VAFCCOPT    VAFCDD01    VAFCEHU2    VAFCMSG1    VAFCQRY1    VAFHCA08    VAFHLPD1
VAFHLPID    VAFHLZIE    VAFHLZMH    VAFHUTL    ^DGP(45.87    ^SDASE    DG53197P    DG53208P
DG53285    DG53351    DG53355A    DG53602S    DG53618    DG53632P    DG53659    DG53665O
DG53807P    DG53829P    DG53P543    DG53P593    DG53P629    DG53P641    DG53P733    DG53P750
DG53P897    DG53P952    DG648PST    DG712PST    DG950PST    DGA4001    DGA4004    DGADDUT2
DGCLAPI1    DGCOLLATERAL    DGCRNS    DGCV    DGDDC    DGENA    DGENA6    DGENCDRP
DGENELA    DGENL    DGENL2    DGENPT    DGENPTA1    DGENUPL7    DGENUPL9    DGFFP01
DGFFP04    DGFLICN    DGISORPT    DGLOCK    DGLOCK3    DGMHV    DGMHVUTL    DGMTSC
DGNOZMH    DGPMV    DGPMVODS    DGPPRP3    DGPTF    DGPTMSG    DGREGAED    VAFCQRY
^DGM    DGMTCOU    DGMTDD1    DGMTDD3    DGMTOREQ    DGMTU    DGMTUB    DGMTXM
DGMUSTAT    DGNAME    DGOERNOT    DGOIL    DGOPATM    DGOTHD2    DGOVBC1    DGPATV
DGPFUT2    DGPHSTAT    DGPLBL    DGPMDDLD    DGPMGLP    DGPMRBA1    DGPMTSI    DGPMTSI1
DGPMTSO2    DGPMUTL    DGPMV0    DGPMVBUR    DGPMVPU    DGPMX1    DGPMXA    DGPT 150
DGPTC1    DGPTF099    DGPTF2    DGPTFDEL    DGPTFTR3    DGPTOLC1    DGPTOTRL    DGPTRI4
DGPTTS1    DGPTX13    DGPTX51    DGPZ07P    DGQWKF    DGREG0    DGREG00    DGREGDD1
DGREGEO    DGREGG    DGREGRED    DGROHLS    DGROUT    DGRP1    DGRP11    DGRP11B
DGRP13    DGRP14    DGRP15    DGRP2    DGRP6    DGRP6CL    DGRP6CL1    DGRP7
DGRP7CC    DGRPC3    DGRPCE    DGRPCE1    DGRPCF    DGRPD    DGRPD1    DGRPDD1
DGRPDT    DGRPE1    DGRPE4    DGRPEIS1    DGRPTU    DGRPTX1    DGRPTX28    DGRPTX30
DGRPTX32    DGRPTX33    DGRPTX39    DGRPU    DGRPU1    DGRPX71    DGRPX76    DGRPXCR
DGRPXR    DGRPXX71    DGRPXX73    DGRPXX74    DGRPXX75    DGRRLU0    DGRRPSD2    DGRRPSGT
DGRSTBAD    DGRUDD01    DGRUGBJ    DGRUGC    DGRUGV    DGRUGV16    DGRUUTL1    DGSCHAD
DGSEC1    DGSEC2    DGSEC3    DGVTSFS    DGWPT    DGX5F1    DGX5FD1    DGYMF31A
DGYPSDE2    DPTLK    DPTLK1    DPTLK3    VADPT    VADPT30    VADPT60    VADPT62
VAFCA04    VAFCAUD    VAFCEHU1    VAFCHIS    VAFCLAU    VAFCMG01    VAFCMS01    VAFCMSG
VAFCPDAT    VAFCPID    VAFCPV1    VAFCQRY4    VAFCREL    VAFCSB    VAFCTFMF    VAFHLPI1
VAFHLZCE    VAFHLZE1    VAFHLZE2    VAFHLZEM    VAFHLZGD    VAFHLZM2    VAFHLZRD    VAFHLZSN
VAFHLZSP    VAFHLZTA    VAFHPIVT    VAFHUTL2    VAFMON    VAUQWK    
Scheduling 428 CLINIC STOP CODE    PATIENT    SC ASSIGN PC TEAM ON DISCHARGE    SCAPMC10    SCAPMC18    SCAPMC2    SCAPMC20    SCAPMC22
SCAPMC23    SCAPMC26    SCAPMC29    SCAPMC3    SCAPMC6    SCAPMC7    SCAPMCA    SCCVCST2
SCCVCST4    SCCVEAE    SCCVEAP    SCCVEAP1    SCCVEAP3    SCCVEDI1    SCCVEDI3    SCCVU
SCDXFU02    SCDXMSG2    SCDXPOV    SCDXSUP    SCDXSUP1    SCDXUTL2    SCDXUTL4    SCENI0
SCENIA0    SCENIA2    SCMC EXTENDED BULLETIN    SCMC EXTENDED BY CLINIC    SCMC EXTENDED BY TEAM    SCMC FLAGGED    SCMC FLAGGED BULLETIN    SCMC FLAGGED BY TEAM
SCMC INACTIVATED    SCMC INACTIVATION BY CLINIC    SCMC INACTIVATION BY TEAM    SCMC PENDING UNASSIGN    SCMCBK1    SCMCCV    SCMCHLR2    SCMCMHP2
SCMCTMM    SCMCTMU    SCMCTPM    SCMRTMM    SCMSPX1    SCMSPX2    SCRPEC    SCRPO
SCRPPAT2    SCRPV1B    SCRPW25    SCRPW47    SCRPW51    SD53430P    SD53726P    SD53P541
SDAL0    SDAMA308    SDAMBAE2    SDAMEVT    SDAMEVT3    SDAMODO2    SDAMOLP    SDAMQ3
SDAMQ5    SDAMVSC    SDAMWI    SDASO    SDC    SDCCP    SDCCRGAP    SDCCRSCU
SDCO23    SDCO7    SDCOAM    SDCOU    SDEC02    SDEC25    SDEC50    SDEC51A
SDEC52    SDEC52A    SDEC52CJSON    SDECAPI    SDECAR4    SDECDIS    SDECELG    SDECEPT
SDECPTCX    SDECRT1    SDECU3    SDECV    SDECWL    SDECWL1    SDES25    SDES2CREATEAPPT
SDESAPTREQSET    SDESCCAVAIL    SDESCCAVAIL2    SDESCREATEAPPT    SDESCRTNEEDPREFS    SDESEDITAPPTREQ    SDESGETAPPTREQ2    SDESGETPATAPPT
SDESGETPATINQUIR    SDESGETREQWRAPPR    SDESINPUTVALUTL    SDF    ^SDWL(409.3    SDM1    SDM1A    SDMEAN
SDMHAD1    SDMM1    SDOEDX    SDOPC0    SDPHARM1    SDPPAT1    SDPPENR1    SDPPRT
^SCE    SDMHNS1    SDQVAL    ^SCPT(404.48    ^SD(409.74    ^SD(409.77    SCAPMC11    SCAPMC21
SCAPMC25    SCCVEAE1    SCCVEDI    SCCVLOG1    SCDXPRN2    SCDXUTL0    SCMC FLAGGED BY CLINIC    SCMCEV2
SCMCMHE    SCMCU1    SCMSVUT3    SCRPMPSP    SCRPW1    SCRPW75    SD5360PT    SD53P389
SDAMA303    SDAMEP    SDAMEP2    SDAMOW1    SDAMOWB    SDCCRCOR    SDCI    SDCIAL
SDCLAS    SDCO1    SDEC07B    SDEC09    SDEC40    SDEC53    SDECEP    SDECINI2
SDECPAT    SDECPAT3    SDECPTPL    SDECSTSR    SDECWL3    SDES2PATSEARCH    SDESBLKANDMOVE    SDESCANCELAPPT44
SDESCREATEAPPREQ    SDESUPDRECREQ    SDESUPDRECREQ2    SDHL7APT    SDMHAD    SDMULT1    SDN1    SDNP
SDROUT0    SDRPA08    SDST    SDTMPUT0    SDUTL3    SDVSIT0    SDVSIT2    ^SDAM(44.3
SCMCBK6    SCMCBK7    SCMCCON    SCMCCV2    SCMCEV3    SCMCHLR    SCMCHLR3    SCMCHLR9
SCMCMU3    SCMCPM    SCMCQK    SCMCQK1    SCMCQK2    SCMCTPU3    SCMCTSK2    SCMCTSK3
SCMRTPM    SCMSVUT0    SCMSVUT1    SCRPEC2    SCRPI01    SCRPMTA    SCRPO2    SCRPTA2
SCRPTP    SCRPTP3    SCRPU3    SCRPV1A    SCRPW11    SCRPW18    SCRPW24    SCRPW26
SCRPW27    SCRPW28    SCRPW3    SCRPW41    SCRPW43    SCRPW54    SCRPW61    SCRPW63
SCRPW72    SCRPW78    SD APPT STATUS    SD-PAIT REJECTED APPT    SD53103A    SD53120A    SD53P487    SD53P491
SD53P511    SD53P544    SD53P566    SDACSCG    SDAL    SDAM1    SDAM10    SDAM2
SDAM3    SDAMA200    SDAMA300    SDAMA302    SDAMA305    SDAMBMR    SDAMC    SDAMEP1
SDAMEX    SDAMEX1    SDAMN    SDAMOC    SDAMODO3    SDAMOS    SDAMOWP    SDAMU
SDAMWI1    SDAPI    SDAPIAE0    SDAPIAP    SDAPP    SDASUSP    SDAUT2    SDC0
SDC1    SDC3    SDCAN    SDCCRSEN1    SDCD    SDCLAS0    SDCLAV0    SDCLK
SDCNL    SDCNP    SDCNP0    SDCNP1    SDCNP1A    SDCNP2    SDCNSLT    SDCO
SDCO22    SDCWL2    SDCWL3    SDDPA    SDDSO    SDEC NULL RESOURCE    SDEC07    SDEC07C
SDEC08    SDEC08A    SDEC25A    SDEC27    SDEC28    SDEC28L    SDEC31    SDEC34
SDEC37    SDEC38    SDEC48    SDEC49    SDEC51B    SDEC52C    SDEC52CRMVJSON    SDEC55A
SDEC58    SDEC671    SDECALVR    SDECAR1    SDECAR2    SDECCAP    SDECCONSJSON    SDECDATA
SDECDTHCLNUP2    SDECF2    SDECPAT4    SDECRMG    SDECRPT    SDECRT    SDECRT0    SDECSTSQ
SDECU2    SDECWL2    SDES2CANCELAPPT    SDES2CHECKIN    SDES2SETCHECKOUT    SDES2VAL2    SDESAPPT    SDESAPPT3
SDESAPPT4    SDESAPPTREQ2    SDESAPPTREQ40984    SDESAPTREQ44    SDESARGET    SDESBLKANDMOVE1    SDESCANAPPT2    SDESCANCELAPPT2
SDESCANCELAPPTS    SDESCHECKIN    SDESCHECKOUT    SDESCHKAPPTOVP    SDESCREATEAPPT2    SDESCREATEAPPT44    SDESCRTAPPTWRAP    SDESGETAPPTWRAP
SDESGETAPPTWRAP3    SDESGETAPPTWRAP5    SDESGETCONSULTS    SDESGETPRFGAPS    SDESGETRECALL    SDESGETREGA    SDESGETREGA1    SDESGETREGA2
SDESNEEDSPREFS    SDESPATRPC    SDESPATSEARCH    SDESPRINTPATAPPT    SDESSTOREPATIENT    SDESVVS    SDF1    SDHL7
SDHL7APU    SDHL7BLD    SDHL7CON    SDHLAPT1    SDHLAPT2    SDHPIB    SDL1    SDLT
SDM    SDM1T    SDM1T1    SDM1T10    SDM1T2    SDM1T3    SDM1T4    SDM1T5
SDM2    SDM2A    SDM3    SDM4    SDMHAP    SDMHAP1    SDMHPRO1    SDMULT
SDN    SDN0    SDN2    SDNDIS    SDNOS0    SDOEOE    SDPBP    SDPCE
SDPCE2    SDPFSS    SDPMUT1    SDPP    SDPPAPP1    SDPPDIS1    SDREV    SDRFC
SDROUT1    SDROUT2    SDRPA05    SDRR1    SDRRCLR2    SDRRREP    SDSTAT    SDTMP08
SDTMPHLA    SDUTL1    SDVSIT    SDWARD    SDWLDNR    SDWLSC    SDYRENR    ^SDEC(409.85
^SDV    SDWLRP3    SDYCENR    TEAM POSITIONS    
Integrated Billing 368 IB AB COMMENTS    IB BILLING PAT W/INCOME    IB BILLING PATIENT BY REASON    IB BILLING PATIENT BY STATUS    IB DO NOT USE    IB EXEMPT PATIENTS    IB INACTIVE INS CO    IB INCOMPLETE
IB20P202    IB20P297    IB20P361    IB20PT83    IB20PT86    IB20PT8B    IBACUS2    IBAECB1
IBARXEL1    IBARXEPL    IBARXPFS    IBATLM3    IBAUTL5    IBCA    IBCEF7    IBCEMU1
IBCEU2    IBCEXTRP    IBCIADD1    IBCIL0    IBCNBMN    IBCNBU1    IBCNCH3    IBCNEDE7
IBCNEHL5    IBCNEHLU    IBCNERTC    IBCNS    IBCNSBL    IBCNSJ    IBCNSP1    IBCNSU1
IBCU3    IBCU5    IBNCPIV    IBOSCDC1    ^IBA(355.7    ^IBT(356    ^IBT(356.1    IB20P244
IB20P336    IB20PT1    IB20PT8A    IBARXCHL    IBATLM2    IBCBULL    IBCEMMR    IBCEOB01
IBCEXTR1    IBCF    IBCF31    IBCF4    IBCN118    IBCNCH2    IBCNEBF    IBCNEDST
IBCNERP2    IBCNESI1    IBCNS2    IBCNSBL1    IBCNSJ4    IBCNSM    IBCNSM1    IBCNSM4
IBCNSMM1    IBCNSMR    IBCNSMR7    IBCNSOK    IBCNSP11    IBCNSP3    IBCNSUR1    IBCOMA1
IBCSC1    IBCSC6    IBCU    IBCU82    IBCVA0    IBECEA35    IBECUS22    IBECUSM
IBEFURT    IBFBWL2    IBJDI21    IBJDI3    IBJDI41    IBJDI5    IBJTEA    IBJTU3
IBJTU6    IBNCPDP3    IBNCPDPU    IBNCPDR4    IBNCPDR5    IBNOTVER1    IBOEMP1    IBOUNP5
IBTOAT2    IBTOBI    IBTOECT    IBTOSA    IBTOUA    IBTRH6    IBTRHRC    IBTRHRD
IBTRKR0    IBTRKRBD    IBTUBO1    IBUCSP    ^IBE(351    IBRFN4    IBTOUR2    IBTOUR4
IBTRHLO    IBTRV2    IBTUBOU    IBXS11    IBXS13    IBXS15    IBXSC112    IBXSC12
IBXSC14    IBXSC16    IBXSC21    ^DGCR(399    ^IBA(364.5    ^IBT(356.9    IBXS110    IBXSC117
IBY549PO    IBYEPT1    ^IBA(355.33    IB20P150    IB20PT6    IB20PT81    IB20PT82    IB20PT84
IB20PT87    IB20PT88    IB20PT89    IB20R244    IBAECM2    IBAECP    IBAHVE3    IBAPDX
IBARXEL    IBARXMC    IBATFILE    IBATLM0    IBATLM3A    IBATOP    IBAUTL    IBAUTL8
IBBFAPI    IBCAPP2    IBCB    IBCBB    IBCBB1    IBCD    IBCD2    IBCD3
IBCD4    IBCDP    IBCE277    IBCECOB1    IBCECOB4    IBCECSA1    IBCECSA7    IBCEF
IBCEF21    IBCEM01    IBCEM03    IBCEM3    IBCEM4    IBCEMCA3    IBCEMCL    IBCEPTC2
IBCEPTR    IBCERP2    IBCF1    IBCF10    IBCF2    IBCFP1    IBCICME1    IBCICMW
IBCINPT    IBCIUT5    IBCIWK    IBCNADD    IBCNBAA    IBCNBEE    IBCNBES    IBCNBLL
IBCNBME    IBCNCH    IBCNEDE1    IBCNEDE2    IBCNEDE5    IBCNEDEQ    IBCNEHL1    IBCNEHL3
IBCNEHLQ    IBCNEQU    IBCNERP3    IBCNERTQ    IBCNES    IBCNEUT5    IBCNEUT7    IBCNICB
IBCNS1    IBCNS3    IBCNSA    IBCNSC3    IBCNSEVT    IBCNSJ12    IBCNSJ13    IBCNSM2
IBCNSM3    IBCNSM32    IBCNSM5    IBCNSMM    IBCNSOK1    IBCNSP    IBCNSP0    IBCNSP02
IBCNSP2    IBCNSU4    IBCNSU41    IBCNSUX1    IBCOC1    IBCONS1    IBCONS2    IBCOPR
IBCOPV2    IBCRBG    IBCSC2    IBCSC4C    IBCSCE    IBCSCE1    IBCSCU    IBCU64
IBECUSO    IBJD1    IBJDB11    IBJDF51    IBJDI11    IBJDI6    IBJDI7    IBJTCA1
IBJTU1    IBNCPDRA    IBNCPEV    IBNCPRR1    IBOBL    IBOCDRPT    IBOCHK    IBOMBL
IBOSCDC    IBOSTUS1    IBOTR2    IBOTRR    IBOUNP2    IBOUNP3    IBRCON1    IBRFN
IBSDU    IBT LIST VISITS    IBTOBI2    IBTODD1    IBTOPW    IBTOTR    IBTRC3    IBTRC4
IBTRD    IBTRE20    IBTRED    IBTRED01    IBTRH2    IBTRH2A    IBTRH3    IBTRKRBA
IBTRKRBR    IBTRPR01    IBTRV    IBTUTL1    IBXS111    IBXS12    IBXS126    IBXS14
IBXS17    IBXS21    IBXS3    IBXSC110    IBXSC111    IBXSC121    IBXSC17    IBXSC19
IBXSC22    IBY377PO    IBY377PR    IBY528PO    IBY579PO    ^IBE(399.6    ^IBT(356.93    IBCNSCD1
IBCNSJ1    IBCNSJ2    IBCNSM31    IBCNSMM2    IBCNSU    IBCNUPD    IBCSCH    IBECUS2
IBECUS3    IBEFUNC    IBJDF11    IBJDF61    IBJDI1    IBJTNB    IBJTU31    IBNCPDR
IBOAMS    IBOBCR6    IBOUNP6    IBRFN2    IBTODD    IBTRCD0    IBTRE    IBTRHRS
IBTRPR0    IBTRR    IBTRR1    IBXS16    IBXSC113    IBXSC18    ^IBFB(360    ^IBT(356.2
^IBT(356.91    IBAMTC1    IBCEU    IBCNES3    IBCNSJ11    IBCNSUR3    IBOEMP2    IBOMTC1
IBPUDEL    IBTRC2    IBTRH8    IBTUBO2    IBXBCR2    IBXSC11    IBXSC114    IBYZ20R
^IBA(351.81    ^IBT(356.94    IBXSC118    IBXSC23    IBY497PO    IBY652P    IBYAPT1    OCCURRENCE CODE
Outpatient Pharmacy 148 APSPT16    PSO DRUG WARNINGS    PSO PARK LIST    PSO RX LIST    PSO293PI    PSO327PI    PSO480P    PSO52EX
PSOADDR    PSOARCCO    PSOATRF1    PSOAUTOC    PSOBAIRP    PSOBBC    PSOBGMG1    PSOBING1
PSOBINGO    PSOCIDC1    PSOCIDC3    PSOCPBAK    PSOCPBK2    PSOCPBK3    PSOCPBK4    PSOCPE
PSOCPF    PSOCSTD    PSODACT    PSODGDG2    PSODPT    PSOEXBCH    PSOHLDC    PSOHLDI1
PSOHLSG    PSOLBLS    PSOLLL5    PSOLLLI    PSONEW2    PSONRXN    PSOORDER    PSOORFI2
PSOORFI3    PSOORFI5    PSOORFIN    PSOP    PSOP1    PSOP288R    PSOPI136    PSOPOLY
PSOPOST    PSOPOST7    PSOPST68    PSOPTPST    PSORDS    PSORELD1    PSORENW0    PSORESK
PSORX1    PSORXDL    PSORXEDT    PSORXLAB    PSOSUCH1    PSOSUDP1    PSOSUDPR    PSOTPHL2
PSOUTL    PSOVDF1    ^PS(52.11    ^PS(52.41    PSOVER    ^PSRX    PSO55FX2    PSOARCCV
PSOARCLT    PSOBAIR2    PSOBGMG3    PSOCIDC2    PSOCIDC9    PSOCLOLS    PSOCPIB3    PSOCSTM
PSODEM    PSODGDG1    PSOEXRST    PSOHLEXC    PSOHLSG2    PSOLAB    PSOLBLN    PSOMLLD2
PSOORFI6    PSOP2    PSOPKIV2    PSOPOST5    PSOPRF    PSORELDT    PSORLLL5    PSORLST2
PSOSUBCH    PSOSUCHG    PSOSUCLE    PSOSULBL    PSOSUPAT    PSOTEXP1    PSOVRPT    ^PS(52.5
^PSOARC    PSO283PI    PSOARCTG    PSOB    PSOBAI    PSOCAN1    PSOCIDC7    PSOCLADD
PSOCPB    PSOCPBK1    PSOCPF1    PSOERPT1    PSOHLDS    PSOHLDS1    PSOHLSG1    PSOLBL
PSOLBL2    PSOLMPAT    PSOORUT2    PSOPAT    PSOPOS10    PSOPOS13    PSOPOST8    PSOPRFSS
PSOQ0236    PSOQMCAL    PSORLLLI    PSORLST    PSORXCLE    PSORXPR    PSORXRP2    PSORXRPT
PSORXVW    PSOSULOG    PSOSURST    PSOTALK    PSOTALK2    PSOTPCAN    PSOTPINA    PSOTPRX1
PSOTRLBL    PSOVER1    PSOXWRN    SORT GROUP    
Automated Medical Information Exchange 106 DVBA 21 DAY CERT    DVBA C REQUESTS BY DATE RANGE    DVBA C REQUESTS BY PHYSICIAN    DVBA NOT/DIS-21 DAY CERT CHECK    DVBA NOTICE OF DISCHARGE    DVBAADRP    DVBAB1    DVBAB1B
DVBAB5    DVBAB54    DVBAB6    DVBAB70    DVBAB71    DVBAB89    DVBAB96    DVBABEBD
DVBACERT    DVBACRMS    DVBACRRP    DVBADSCK    DVBAFINL    DVBANDCU    DVBAPND1    DVBARAD1
DVBAREG1    DVBAREN1    DVBAREQ3    DVBAXA10    DVBAXA11    DVBAXA12    DVBAXA2    DVBAXA23
DVBAXA3    DVBAXA5    DVBAXA6    DVBAXA7    DVBAXA9    DVBCADEX    DVBCADR    DVBCCNCL
DVBCENQ1    DVBCLABR    DVBCLKTL    DVBCNTSC    DVBCPATA    DVBCPND1    DVBCRELS    DVBCREQ1
DVBCRPRT    DVBCUTIL    DVBCUTL6    DVBCXFRA    DVBCXFRE    ^DVB(396.95    DVBAAPLK    DVBAB51
DVBAB52    DVBAB53    DVBAB67    DVBAB84    DVBAB85    DVBAB9    DVBAB97    DVBAB98
DVBABFRM    DVBACMRP    DVBACRRR    DVBADSNT    DVBADSRP    DVBADSRT    DVBADXFR    DVBAREG3
DVBARL21    DVBARQP    DVBASCRP    DVBASPD2    DVBAUTL1    DVBAVDPT    DVBAXA    DVBAXA1
DVBAXA13    DVBAXA14    DVBAXA17    DVBAXA18    DVBAXA4    DVBAXA8    DVBCCHKR    DVBCEDIT
DVBCENQ2    DVBCHLQ    DVBCHS0    DVBCIUTL    DVBCLOG    DVBCMKL2    DVBCPRNT    DVBCROPN
DVBCULAP    DVBCUTL2    DVBCUTL3    DVBCUTL5    DVBCUTL7    DVBCUTL8    DVBCXFR1    DVBCXFR2
DVBCXFRB    DVBCXFRS    
Order Entry Results Reporting 106 OCXOHL7    OCXOLOG    OCXOTIME    OCXOZ02    OCXOZ03    OCXOZ04    OCXOZ05    OCXOZ07
OCXOZ0B    OCXOZ0D    OCXOZ0E    OR3C100    ORAM    ORAM1    ORAM2    ORAM3
ORAMTTR    ORAMX    ORAMX1    ORAREN    ORB31    ORB3SPEC    ORB3TIM2    ORB3U2
ORB3USER    ORB3UTL    ORCB    ORCD    ORCDFH    ORCHART    ORCHTAB2    ORCMENU
ORCSAVE1    ORCSEND    ORCXPND1    ORDEA    ORDV02    ORDV02A    ORDV02D    ORELR2
OREVNT    OREVNTX1    ORKUTL    ORLA1    ORLP    ORLP2    ORLPR0    ORLPSRA
ORM    ORMBLD    ORMBLDRA    ORMBLDSD    ORMBLDVB    ORMEVNT    ORMEVNT1    ORMHLREC
ORMTIM02    ORPRPM1    ORPRS08    ORQ10    ORQ3    ORQOAUIB    ORQPT    ORQPTQ1
ORQPTQ11    ORQPTQ2    ORQPTQ3    ORQPTQ5    ORQQVI2    ORQQXQA    ORQRY    ORQRY01
ORRHCQ    ORRHCU    ORS100A    ORSNAST1    ORSNAST2    ORUTL    ORWCSP    ORWCV
ORWDAL32    ORWDPS    ORWDPS11    ORWDPS2    ORWDPS3    ORWDX1    ORWDX2    ORWDX3
ORWDXA    ORWDXM1    ORWLR1    ORWOR    ORWORB    ORWORR    ORWOTHER    ORWPCE
ORWPT    ORWPT1    ORWPT16    ORWRP2    ORWRPL    ORWRPP    ORY354    ORY94A
PARAMETER    ^ORD(100.22    
Dietetics 98 FH55PST    FHASE    FHASE1A    FHASE2    FHASE3    FHASM1    FHASM2A    FHASM4
FHASM7    FHASMR1    FHASMR2    FHASN    FHASN4    FHASN5    FHASN6    FHASP
FHASXR    FHASXR1    FHBIR    FHCTF1    FHCTF3    FHCTF5    FHDCR1    FHDCR11
FHDCR1A    FHDCR1D    FHDMP    FHDPA    FHMASE    FHMASE1A    FHMMBRPT    FHMMNADM
FHMMNREP    FHMNADM    FHMNBRPT    FHMNINQ    FHMNREP    FHMTK1    FHMTK11    FHMTK1A
FHMTK5    FHMTK6    FHMTKO    FHNO2    FHNO31    FHNO5    FHNO7    FHNO8
FHNU8    FHOMDMP    FHOMDPA    FHOMIP    FHOMTK1    FHOMUPD    FHOMUTL    FHORC
FHORC1    FHORC2    FHORC3    FHORD10    FHORD11    FHORD13    FHORD41    FHORD5
FHORD6    FHORD7    FHORD81    FHORD82    FHORDR    FHORE21    FHORT3    FHORT5A
FHORX1    FHORX1A    FHORX1B    FHORX2    FHPATM    FHPRC10    FHPST2    FHSEL1
FHSP1    FHSPED    FHWADM    FHWDIS    FHWGMR    FHWOR    FHWOR2    FHWOR3
FHWOR4    FHWOR5    FHWOR61    FHWOR7    FHWOR71    FHWOR8    FHWORA    FHWORR
FHWTRN    FHXDB2    
Prosthetics 67 HO LETTER 3 LIST    PATIENT    RMPO-BILLING-PRESORT    RMPO-RPT-HOACTZIPLIST    RMPO-RPT-HOINACTIVE    RMPO-RPT-HOPATIENTLIST    RMPO-RPT-HORXEXP    RMPOBIL0
RMPOLM    RMPOLZ    RMPOPED    RMPOPS23    RMPORAP    RMPORIP    RMPORLP    RMPORMB
RMPORPD    RMPORPR    RMPR CLINIC PRINT    RMPR SUSPENSE CLOSE    RMPR TECH PAT    RMPR145P    RMPR150P    RMPR163P
RMPR210P    RMPR29LP    RMPR4C1    RMPR4D1    RMPR4LOP    RMPR4OPN    RMPR5N1    RMPR8PG1
RMPR9S4E    RMPRAUT    RMPRAVR    RMPRAVR1    RMPRBIL    RMPRC21    RMPRD1    RMPRDIS
RMPRE21    RMPRELG1    RMPREOS    RMPRFO3    RMPRHISD    RMPRHL    RMPRLOP    RMPRN6
RMPRN7    RMPROPN    RMPROPN1    RMPRP55    RMPRPAT    RMPRPAT5    RMPRPCER    RMPRRET9
RMPRSE1    RMPRSE2    RMPRSE21    RMPRSEA    RMPRSP1    RMPRSP3    RMPRSP7    RMPRUTIL
^RMPR(668    RMPRSP6    RMPRUTL3    
Fee Basis 66 FBAA RX PENDING    FBAA79    FBAACCB0    FBAACH    FBAACO0    FBAADEM    FBAAIARC    FBAAPCC
FBAAPDM    FBAAPP    FBAAPRC    FBAAUTL2    FBAAV0    FBAAV2    FBAAV3    FBAAVD
FBAAVP    FBARCHR0    FBARCHU    FBCH78    FBCHDI    FBCHP78    FBCHREQ    FBCHREQ2
FBCHSLP    FBCHSTAT    FBCHVP    FBPAY2    FBPAY3    FBPAY67    FBPCR    FBUC STATUS BY PATIENT
FBUC STATUS BY VENDOR    ^FBAA(163.98    FBAAAUT    FBAACCB    FBAACCB1    FBAAPH    FBAAPIN    FBAAPLU
FBAAPOC    FBAAPPH    FBAASL1    FBAASLP    FBAAV4    FBAAV5    FBAAV6    FBAAVLU
FBAAVP0    FBAAVS    FBCHSL1    FBNHAMI1    ^FB7078    ^FBAA(161.5    FBCHREQ1    FBCHSTA
FBCNHCEN    FBNHDEC    FBNHEAUT    ^FB583    ^FBAA(162.2    FBCTAU1    FBSHAUT    FBUCOUT1
FBUCUTL    FBUTL135    
Radiology Nuclear Medicine 65 HL7 FIELD EXCEPTIONS    RA ALL UNPRINTED    RA CLINIC BY PRINT DATE    RA DAILY LOG    RA OUTSIDE ADD    RA OUTSIDE EDIT    RA OUTSIDE LIST    RA WARD BY PRINT DATE
RABUL2    RABUL3    RAHLEXF    RAHLQ    RALIST    RAPTLU    RARTUVR3    ^RADPT
RACMP2    RADLY1    RADPA    RAO7UTL    RAORD    RAORD1    RAORD5    RAORD7A
RAORDC1    RAORDP    RAORR3    RAPCE2    RAPROS    RARTR    RARTVER    RASTEXT
RASYNCHLU    RAUTL10    RAUTL4    ^RARPT    RABTCH    RABTCH1    RABUL    RABUL1
RACNLU    RACTRT    RADEM    RADEM2    RADLQ1    RADRPT1    RAFLH    RAJAC
RAO7PC4    RAORD2    RAORD8    RAORDCP    RAORDR    RAORR1    RAOUT    RAPRINT
RAPRINT1    RART1    RARTRPV    RARTST    RARTST2    RARTST2A    RARTVER2    RAUTL0
RAUTL11    
Inpatient Medications 64 PSGAP0    PSGBRJ    PSGCAP0    PSGDS0    PSGEUD    PSGEUDP    PSGFILED    PSGPER
PSGPER0    PSGPER1    PSGPER2    PSGPLDP0    PSGPLR0    PSGPLRP    PSGPLUP0    PSGPLXR
PSGPOR    PSGPR    PSGTAP0    PSGTAP1    PSGVBW    PSGVBWP    PSGVBWU    PSGVW
PSIVARH    PSIVDCR    PSIVDCR2    PSIVOPT    PSIVORC    PSIVORFB    PSIVORV1    PSIVRD
PSIVRDC    PSIVRNL    PSIVST2    PSIVSTAT    PSIVWL    PSIVWL1    PSJ005    PSJ0186
PSJ5P315    PSJADT0    PSJADT2    PSJBCMA4    PSJCLOR4    PSJDPT    PSJHL2    PSJHL4
PSJHL4A    PSJHLERR    PSJIBAG    PSJINVW    PSJLOI    PSJOE    PSJOEA    PSJOREN
PSJPAD7U    PSJPADE    PSJPDAPP    PSJPDCLA    PSJPDRU1    PSJPDRUT    PSJPR    PSJR0103
Lab Service 60 LR317    LR7OSAP2    LR7OSBB1    LR7OSOS    LR7OSUM    LR7OVB    LRAC4    LRAC9
LRACF    LRACSUM    LRACSUM6    LRAIRNUM    LRAPBR    LRAPBR4    LRAPDPT    LRAPPOW
LRAPS3    LRAPUALT    LRBEBA3    LRBEPEND    LRBLJRB    LRBLPD1    LRCAPBV    LRCAPDSS
LRCAPES1    LRDPAREX    LREPI2    LREPIRS1    LREPIRS3    LRGEN    LRHY0    LRHY01
LRHY4X    LRHYAFT    LRHYB    LRHYBC1    LRHYF2    LRHYF4    LRHYPL    LRHYT1
LRMITSPE    LROR9    LROS    LRPHSET1    LRPXAPIU    LRPXCHK    LRRP    LRRP4
LRSETUP    LRSORA3    LRSORB    LRSORD1    LRUBL    LRUDPT    LRUET    LRUMDP
LRUWLF    LRVRPOC    LRWLST1    LRXDRPT    
Mental Health 53 YSASA2    YSASFUR    YSASLIB    YSASNAR    YSASRU    YSASU    YSBDD1    YSBWHIG2
YSBWHIGH    YSCLPOST    YSCLSRV2    YSCLSRV3    YSCLTEST    YSCLTST1    YSCLTST5    YSCLTST6
YSCPAG    YSCPAL    YSCPAO    YSDGDEM    YSDGDEM0    YSGAF1    YSGAFAP1    YSGAFHL7
YSGAFOBX    YSSR1    YSSR2    YSUTL    YTAPI    YTAPI10    YTAPI2    YTAPI4
YTAUDIT    YTCHECK    YTDOMR1    YTKILINC    YTQAPI14    YTQAPI2    YTQAPI5    YTQAPI7
YTQAPI9    YTQLIB    YTQPXRM4    YTQPXRM7    YTQRQAD    YTQRQAD4    YTQRQAD5    YTQRRPT
^YS(615.2    ^YSG("INP"    ^YTT(601.6    YTS    ^YSTX(604    
Surgery 52 SR62UTL    SRBLOOD    SRHLORU    SRHLQRY    SRHLVQRY    SROA30    SROACMP1    SROAL1
SROAL2    SROALET    SROAMIS    SROAPCA3    SROAPRT6    SROASS    SROASSE    SROATCM1
SROAUTL2    SROCL1    SROERR    SROERR1    SROERR2    SROESX    SROESXA    SROESXP
SRONON    SRONPEN    SROPAC0    SROREQ1    SROREQ2    SROREQ3    SROREQ4    SROSCH
SROTRPT0    SROWL    SROWRQ1    SRSCD    SRSCDS    SRSCDS1    SRSCDW    SRSCDW1
SRSCHAP    SRSCHD    SRSCHD1    SRSCHDC    SRSCONR    SRSMREQ    SRSRBS    SRSRBS1
SRSRBW    SRSRBW1    SRSWL3    SRSWREQ    
PCE Patient Care Encounter 48 PX91P    PXAIVSTV    PXBAPI    PXBAPI1    PXBAPI21    PXBAPI22    PXCAERR    PXCE
PXCEINTR    PXCEPAT    PXCEVFI2    PXCEVFIL    PXRRPCR2    ^AUPDVIMM    ^AUPNVCPT    ^AUPNVHF
^AUPNVIMM    ^AUPNVPED    ^AUPNVSIT    ^AUPNVTRT    PXBAPI2    PXCAVST    PXCEAE    PXCEHLOC
PXDELENC    PXHFMEASREPAIR    PXRRPCE2    ^AUPNVPOV    ^AUPNVXAM    AUPNPAT    PXCESDAM    PXDELFIX
PXICLN27    PXQMAIN2    PXRRPAPI    PXRRPASA    PXRRPCE3    PXRRPCE4    PXRRWLSA    PXUTL1
PXUTLSCC    PXVRPC7    PXVRPC7A    PXXDPT    VSITASK    VSITDEF    ^AUPNVPRV    ^AUPNVSK
Text Integration Utility 48 GMRPNCW    TIU144    TIUADD    TIUAL1    TIUALRT    TIUCNSLT    TIUCOP1    TIUCOPP
TIUCOPR1    TIUDTBPN    TIULA2    TIULAB    TIULC1    TIULIP    TIULMED    TIULV
TIUMOVE    TIUPNAPI    TIUPNCV    TIUPNCV8    TIUPNCVU    TIUPREL    TIUPRPN3    TIUPRPN4
TIUPRPN5    TIUPRPN7    TIUPXAP3    TIUR    TIUR2    TIURB2    TIURECL1    TIURL
TIURM1    TIUROR    TIURPN    TIURPTT1    TIURTIT1    TIUSRVL    TIUSRVL1    TIUSRVLC
TIUSRVLO    TIUSRVLV    TIUSRVP1    TIUSRVR    TIUTIUS    TIUUTL    TIUVPR    TIUVSIT
Medicine 47 DIAGNOSIS    MCAR7A    MCARAM0    MCARAM5    MCARAM6    MCARAMLC    MCARED    MCARGIRCLI
MCAROE1    MCAROGR    MCARORA    MCARORB    MCAROS    MCAROS0    MCARP    MCARPACE
MCARPACEDIT    MCARPACSURV    MCESEDT    MCFLGEN.IMPL.    MCOBC1    MCOBE1    MCOBEP    MCOBGA
MCOBGN    MCOBH1    MCOBPA    MCOBPE    MCOBPS    MCOBRH    ^MCAR(691    ^MCAR(691.1
^MCAR(691.5    MCOBGC    MCOBK    MCOBPV    MCOETT1    MCPFTP    ^MCAR(691.6    ^MCAR(691.7
^MCAR(691.8    MCOBPFT    MCOBPG    MCOBT    MCRH1    ^MCAR(701    MCRPEC    
Accounts Receivable 46 PRCAAPR1    PRCABIL    PRCACDRP    PRCADR    PRCAHV    PRCATP5    PRCAWOF    PRCAX
RCAMADD    RCDMBWLA    RCDMC90    RCDMC90S    RCDMC90U    RCDMCR4A    RCDPAPLM    RCDPCSA
RCDPEAA2    RCDPEAC    RCDPEV    RCDPEWL1    RCDPEWLB    RCDPLPL4    RCDPRECT    RCDPRSEA
RCDPRTEX    RCDPRTP2    RCDPXPAP    RCFN01    RCKATPD    RCKATRPT    RCRCAL1    RCRCALE
RCRCBL1    RCRCREC2    RCRCUTL    RCRCVL1    RCRCVLE    RCTC336P    RCTCS1    RCTCSJS
RCTCSPU    RCTOP1    RCTOP2    RCXVDC2    RCXVDC3    RCXVDC5    
Income Verification Match 45 IVM2071A    IVM20P19    IVM273A    IVM2B102    IVMADDRP    IVMBULK    IVMBULK1    IVMCM3
IVMCUC    IVMCUF1    IVMLDEM    IVMLDEM2    IVMLDEM3    IVMLDEM4    IVMLDEM9    IVMLDEMB
IVMLDEMC    IVMLDEMD    IVMLERR1    IVMLINS    IVMLINS1    IVMLINS2    IVMLINS3    IVMLINS4
IVMLSU    IVMPREC4    IVMPREC5    IVMPREC6    IVMPREC7    IVMPREC8    IVMPREC9    IVMPTRN
IVMPTRN8    ^IVM(301.92    IVMPRECA    IVMPTRN7    IVMPTRN9    IVMPXFR    IVMRMCR1    IVMUFNC
IVMUFNC4    IVMUFNC5    IVMZ07C    IVMZ7CR    IVMZ7CS    
HINQ 44 DVBHCE    DVBHCE10    DVBHCE11    DVBHCE12    DVBHCE13    DVBHCE14    DVBHCE15    DVBHCE16
DVBHCE17    DVBHCE18    DVBHCE19    DVBHCE20    DVBHCE21    DVBHCE4    DVBHCE5    DVBHCE6
DVBHCE7    DVBHCE8    DVBHCE9    DVBHCG    DVBHDEL    DVBHINQ AUDIT/PAT    DVBHINQ AUDIT/USER    DVBHIQD
DVBHIQM    DVBHQAT    DVBHQDB    DVBHQPU    DVBHQSE    DVBHQST    DVBHQUE    DVBHQUP
DVBHQUS    DVBHQUT    DVBHQZ4    DVBHQZ6    DVBHS3    DVBHS4    DVBHS5    DVBHSVER
DVBHT    ^DVB(395.7    DVBHT1    DVBHUTIL    
Enrollment Application System 36 EAS25UEI    EASBTBUL    EASEC EDIT MARITAL STATUS    EASEC ENTER/EDIT ASSETS    EASECA    EASECDEP    EASECDPE    EASECE
EASECED    EASECED1    EASECED2    EASECEXP    EASECPC1    EASECSC1    EASECSC2    EASECSC5
EASECSCC    EASECU    EASECU23    EASEZC3    EASEZF1    EASEZF2    EASEZF5    EASEZFM
EASEZI    EASEZPVD    EASEZPVI    EASMTL2    EASMTRP1    EASPFSS    EASPREC7    EASSIGDT
EASUER    EASWTAPI    EASXDR    ^EASPFS(714.5    
Clinical Reminders 34 PXRM EXTRACT EPI BY FIND_PT    PXRMASL    PXRMCALT    PXRMCOVID19    PXRMCVTM    PXRMDLR    PXRMDRSG    PXRMETT
PXRMEUT    PXRMG2E1    PXRMG2E2    PXRMGECJ    PXRMGECQ    PXRMGECR    PXRMGECS    PXRMGECT
PXRMGECV    PXRMGECW    PXRMGEV    PXRMLPHS    PXRMLPP    PXRMOBJ    PXRMPDEM    PXRMPDR
PXRMPINF    PXRMPLAB    PXRMPLST    PXRMPRAD    PXRMRULE    PXRMXDT1    PXRMXSE1    PXRMXSL1
PXRMXSL2    PXRMXX2    
Hospital Based Home Care 31 HBHCADM    HBHCCAN    HBHCR15A    HBHCR19A    HBHCRP10    HBHCRP11    HBHCRP12    HBHCRP14
HBHCRP16    HBHCRP17    HBHCRP18    HBHCRP1A    HBHCRP2    HBHCRP20    HBHCRP21    HBHCRP22
HBHCRP23    HBHCRP24    HBHCRP25    HBHCRP3    HBHCRP4    HBHCRP5    HBHCRP7    HBHCUTL1
HBHCUTL2    HBHCUTL5    HBHCXMA    HBHCXMD    HBHCXMV    HBHXMNT2    HBHXMNT3    
Imaging 31 IMAGES PRINTED    MAGBRTE3    MAGDMEDL    MAGDQR03    MAGDQR20    MAGDQR21    MAGDRPCG    MAGGNTI1
MAGGNTI2    MAGGSIU1    MAGGSIU3    MAGGTIA1    MAGGTLB    MAGGTMC    MAGGTRA1    MAGGTRPT
MAGGTSR    MAGGTU3    MAGGTU7    ^MAG(2005.1    ^MAG(2006.95    MAGJEX1    MAGJEX1A    MAGJEX2
MAGJLST1    MAGJUTL1    MAGNVQ01    MAGQBJHR    MAGSIXG2    MAGUE007    MAGUTL05    
Automated Information Collection System 29 IBD LIST ERRORS    IBD NO APPOINTMENT LIST    IBDF18C    IBDF18E0    IBDF1B1    IBDF1B1A    IBDF1B2    IBDF1B3
IBDF2F1    IBDFDE    IBDFDE1    IBDFDE5    IBDFDE6    IBDFDE7    IBDFDE8    IBDFDEA
IBDFFRFT    IBDFFT    IBDFFT1    IBDFFT3    IBDFN    IBDFOSG1    IBDFRPC2    IBDFRPC3
IBDFSS    IBDX961    ^IBD(357.96    ^IBD(359.3    ^SDAUDIT    
Master Patient Index VistA 29 MPIF001    MPIF002    MPIF51P    MPIFA31I    MPIFA40    MPIFAPI    MPIFAPI1    MPIFBT2
MPIFDNL    MPIFDODC    MPIFDUPS    MPIFEXT2    MPIFFULL    MPIFP41    MPIFPST1    MPIFREQ
^MPIF(984.9    MPIFP60    MPIFP76    MPIFQUE3    MPIFRES    MPIFRESS    MPIFRPC    MPIFRPC2
MPIFRPC3    MPIFRTC    MPIFSEED    MPIFVER    MPIFVTQ    
Adverse Reaction Tracking 26 GMRA SORT AUTOVERIFIED    GMRACMR4    GMRADGMV    GMRADSP5    GMRAEF    GMRAFA    GMRAFDA1    GMRAFDA3
GMRAFN1    GMRAFN2    GMRAIAD1    GMRAIAL1    GMRALAB0    GMRAMCB1    GMRAP053    GMRAPAT
GMRAPNA    GMRAPST1    GMRAPST6    GMRAPST7    GMRAROBS    GMRAVAM0    ^GMR(120.85    ^GMR(120.88
GMRAU85    GMRAVFY    
Clinical Information Resource Network 26 RG1P55    RGADT1    RGADT2    RGADTP    RGADTP2    RGADTP3    RGDRM01    RGDRM03
RGEVPRG    RGEX03    RGFIPM1    RGHOUT    RGJCREC    RGJCSUB    RGMTAUD    RGMTAUDP
RGMTHLDB    RGMTHLDP    RGMTHLPD    RGMTUT01    RGMTUT02    RGPRSSN    RGRSBULL    RGRSUTL2
RGVCCMR1    RGVCCMR2    
Health Summary 24 GMTS    GMTSADH    GMTSDCB    GMTSDEM    GMTSDEMP    GMTSDGCH    GMTSDGD    GMTSDVR
GMTSFHWZ    GMTSGAF    GMTSLREM    GMTSLROE    GMTSLRSC    GMTSLRTE    GMTSPDX    GMTSPL
GMTSPSO    GMTSPSO7    GMTSPSO8    GMTSPSO9    GMTSPSZO    GMTSU2    GMTSYTQL    GMTSYTQS
Record Tracking 24 RTCX    RTL1    RTNQ3    RTNQ41    RTP2    RTP3    RTP31    RTP41
RTP5    RTP51    RTQ2    RTRPT2    RTRPT5    RTSM1    RTSM3    RTSM4
RTSM61    RTSM8    RTT1    RTT3    RTT4    RTTR1    RTUTL1    RTUTL2
Integrated Patient Fund 23 PRPF BY PATIENT    PRPF CURRENT BAL    PRPF DORMANT ACCOUNT LIST    PRPF INACTIVE ACCOUNTS    PRPF INDIGENT LIST    PRPF PATIENT SUMMARY    PRPF RANGE OF CARDS    PRPF SUSPENSE DISPLAY
PRPF SUSPENSE LIST    PRPF UNASSIGNED STATION LIST    PRPFARC    PRPFBAL    PRPFBUL    PRPFCD1    PRPFDAY    PRPFDMT
PRPFDR2    PRPFDSI    PRPFDST    PRPFED    PRPFMR1    PRPFPUR1    ^PRPF(470.9    
Virtual Patient Record 23 VPRD    VPRDCRC    VPRDGMPL    VPRDJ    VPRDJ0    VPRDJ00    VPRDJ01    VPRDJ04A
VPRDJ08A    VPRDLR    VPRDLRA    VPRDLRO    VPRDPT    VPRDVSIT    VPREVNT    VPREVSND
VPRHS    VPRHSX    VPRHSX1    VPRP16    VPRP20    VPRSDAM    VPRSDAV    
Enterprise Health Management Platform 20 HMPCRPC1    HMPD    HMPDCRC    HMPDGMPL    HMPDJ    HMPDJ00    HMPDJ08A    HMPDJ1
HMPDJFSG    HMPDJFSM    HMPDJFSP    HMPDVSIT    HMPEF    HMPEVNT    HMPPTDEM    HMPROS8
HMPWB5    HMPWBIM1    HMPWBSO    HMPXGDPT    
Occurrence Screen 20 QAO QAI POSSIBLE INCIDENTS    QAOC0    QAOC102    QAOSCNV3    QAOSENTR    QAOSPAD0    ^QA(741.99    QAOEDT2
QAOSOCID    QAOSPCL0    QAOSPDQ0    QAOSPHDR    QAOSPSM0    QAOSPSR0    QAOSPSY0    QAOSPTR0
QAOSPWT0    QAOSSFR0    QAOSWRK0    QAOUTL0    
Clinical Case Registries 19 ERROR    ROR PENDING ERRORS    RORDD01    RORHL01    RORHL06    RORREP01    RORUPD01    RORUPD05
RORUPD52    RORUPD62    RORUTL01    RORUTL04    RORUTL10    RORUTL18    ^RORDATA(798.4    RORX021A
RORX022A    RORX023A    RORXU005    
Womens Health 19 WV1026P    WVLABWP    WVPRE    ^WV(791    WVEXPTRA    WVGETALL    WVLABCHK    WVLRLINK
WVRADWP    WVRALINK    WVRPCNO    WVRPCPT1    WVSNOMED    WVUTL1    WVUTL11    WVUTL1A
^WV(790.08    ^WV(790.9    WVUTL9    
Controlled Substances 18 PSDDSOR2    PSDDWK1    PSDESTP    PSDFT    PSDFT1    PSDGSH2    PSDLBLB    PSDLBLP
PSDNMWE    PSDNSCG    PSDNSCL    PSDORN1    PSDORN2    PSDORN3    PSDORNV    PSDPGS1
PSDRFM    PSDRPGS2    
Toolkit 17 XDR BRIEF LIST    XDR MERGED LIST    XDR2NULL    XDRDPICK    XDRDSHOW    XDRDVAL2    XDRLRFIX    XDRMERG0
XDRMERG2    XDRPTCAN    XDRPTN    XDRPTSSN    XDRRMRG1    XQAB SITE/NUMBER/ROU/OPT/ERR    XT73P44    XTER ERROR SUMMARY
XTER SUMMARY MOVE    
VA Point of Service 17 VPSALL01    VPSAPPT    VPSAPPT2    VPSMRAR1    VPSPRINT    VPSPTCR    VPSRLBLS    VPSRPC1
VPSRPC16    VPSRPC2    VPSRPC26    VPSRPC3    VPSRPC5    VPSSRVY1    VPSSRVY2    VPSSRVY3
VPSWRIST    
Barcode Medication Administration 16 AUDIT LOG    PSBCSUTL    PSBINJEC    PSBMD    PSBML    PSBMLLKU    PSBO    PSBOML
PSBOMM    PSBOMM2    PSBOMV    PSBOPE    PSBORT    PSBOWA    ^PSB(53.69    PSBVAR
Clinical Procedures 16 MDCADT    MDCPID    MDHL7A    MDHL7MCA    MDHL7R1    MDKRPC1    MDPS2    MDRPCOP1
MDRPCU    MDSTATU    MDWCHK    ^MDK(704.202    MDRPCW    MDWORSR    MDXMLFM    MDXMLFM1
Consult Request Tracking 16 GMRCALRT    GMRCAR    GMRCCCR1    GMRCCCRA    GMRCEDIT    GMRCHL7    GMRCHL7H    GMRCMP
GMRCONS1    GMRCP50    GMRCP5D    GMRCPZ    GMRCQCST    GMRCSLM1    GMRCSTL2    GMRCYP68
Incident Reporting 15 QANAUX1    QANBRIF    QANCDNT    QANCNV1    QANDELE    QANEDIT    QANEWS    QANFULL0
QANMAL0    QANOPEN    QANPSDO    QANQUCK    QANUTL    QANUTL0    QANUTL1    
Patient Data Exchange 14 VAQDBIP3    ^VAT(394.61    VAQADS01    VAQDBI    VAQDBIM    VAQDBIP    VAQDBIP1    VAQDBIP4
VAQDBIP6    VAQEXT04    VAQPSE01    VAQUIN01    ^VAT(394.87    VAQPSE02    
Visual Impairment Service Team 14 ANRV AGE LIST    ANRV BIRTH LIST    ANRV DECEASED LIST    ANRV ELIG AMIS LIST    ANRV EYE DIAG NAR    ANRV EYE DIAG PRINT    ANRV FEE PT    ANRV INC AMIS
ANRV REFERRAL LIST    ANRVAM1    ANRVML    ANRVOA    ANRVPR2    ANRVRRL    
Clinical Monitoring System 13 ^QA(743.92    QAMAHO2    QAMAHO3A    QAMAUTO3    QAMC16    QAMC17    QAMC2    QAMC21
QAMC3    QAMEDT5    QAMPFAL0    ^QA(743.4    QAMPINQ1    
E Claims Management Engine 13 BPSBCKJ    BPSECMP2    BPSNCPD1    BPSOS6M    BPSOSCC    BPSREOP1    BPSRPT6    BPSSCRCV
BPSSCRRJ    BPSSCRU2    BPSUSCR2    BPSUSCR4    BPSVRX2    
Emergency Department Integration Software 13 EDPFMON    EDPFPTC    EDPFPTL    EDPLAB    EDPLOG    EDPLOGA    EDPLOGH    EDPMED
EDPQLE    EDPQLP    EDPQPP    EDPRPTBV    EDPUPD    
DSS Extracts 12 ECXLABN    ECXLABO    ECXPIVD    ECXSCX    ECXSETU1    ECXSETUP    ECXTRYIT    ECXUCBOC
ECXUTL    ECXUTL3    ECXUTL4    ECXUTL5    
IFCAP 12 PRCFARR    PRCHAM1    PRCHDAM1    PRCHDP1    PRCHDP5    PRCHDSP4    PRCHFPNT    PRCHHI4
PRCHPAM2    PRCHPNT    PRCOE1    PRCOEC1    
Incomplete Records Tracking 10 DGJBGJ    DGJBGJ1    DGJOPRT1    DGJOTP1    DGJPDEF1    DGJPDEF2    DGJTEE    DGJTEE1
DGJTVW1    DGJTVW3    
VBECS 10 VBECA1B    VBECA3    VBECA7    VBECDC00    VBECDCR    VBECDCX    VBECHLOR    VBECLU
VBECLU0    VBECRPT    
Beneficiary Travel 9 ALTERNATE INCOME    DGBT1    DGBT2    DGBTALTI    DGBTOA2    DGBTOA6    DGBTR123    DGBTR17
^DGBT(392.2    
Graphics 9 GRPX7    GRPX71    GRPX710    GRPX72    GRPX73    GRPX76    GRPX77    GRPX78
GRPX79    
Nursing Service 9 NURA-S-EXCEPTION    NURAPB    NURAPI    ^NURSA(214.7    ^NURSF(219.7    NURSCPLC    ^NURSA(214.6    NURSCPLU
NURSUT1    
Oncology 9 ONC DISEASE INDEX    ONC DISEASE INDEX CASEFINDING    ONCOCFL1    ONCOCON    ONCOES    ONCOFUM    ONCOPA3    ONCOTNM2
^ONCO(169.99    
Automated Lab Instruments 8 LA7DVC    LA7DVM    LA7QRY2    LA7SBCR1    LA7UTIL    LA7VIN2    LA7VPID    LAMIVTKD
Event Capture 7 ECOSSUM    ECPRSUM1    ECRPCLS    ECRPRSN    ECRPRSN2    ECUERPC1    ECV2RPC    
Kernel 7 XQORO    XU8P328D    ^DIC(19    ^ORD(101    ARRAY SUBSCRIPTS    XULMU    XUXCTY    
Pharmacy Benefits Management 7 PSUAA1    PSUDEM1    PSUDEM2    PSUDEM7    PSULR2    PSULRHL1    PSUVIT1    
Problem List 7 GMPLCLNP    GMPLRPTS    GMPLUTL    GMPLUTL2    GMPLX1    MAPPING TARGETS    ^AUPNPROB    
Quasar 7 ACKQAG05    ACKQNQ    ^ACK(509850.6    ^ACK(509850.9    ACKQCP    ACKQCPL    ACKQTDS    
Mobile Scheduling Applications Suite 6 MBAAMDA2    MBAAMDA3    MBAAMDA4    MBAARPC1    MBAARPC2    MBAARPCL    
Pharmacy Data Management 6 ^APSPQA(32.5    PSSGSGUI    PSSLAB    PSSMRRDG    PSSP191A    ^APSPQA(32.4    
CMOP 5 ^PSXARC    PRESCRIPTIONS    PSXBLD    PSXMSGS    PSXSRST    
Functional Independence 5 FACILITY CODE    RMIM MAIL SERVER    RMIMHL    RMIMXMIT    RMIMXMIT DATE    
General Medical Record - Vitals 5 GMRVPCE1    GMVGETD    GMVRPCP    GMVUTL7    GMVVDEF1    
National Drug File 5 PSNCLEAN    PSNCLING    PSNJP54    PSNPPIP    PSNPPSCL    
National Health Information Network 5 NHINV    NHINVLR    NHINVLRA    NHINVLRO    NHINVPT    
VA FileMan 4 YEAR    ^DDE    DDEGET    ITEM    
Albany OIFO 3 A1CKC    A1CKC2    A1CKC3    
ODS 3 A1B2ADM    A1B2BGJ    A1B2XFR    
Remote Order Entry System 3 RMPFDD2    RMPFPOSU    RMPFRPC0    
Auto Replenishment Ward Stock 2 ^PS(58.72    ^PS(59.4    
General Medical Record - Generator 2 ^GMR(124.3    AUDIT TRAIL    
Methicillin Resistant Staph Aurerus Initiative Reports 2 MMRSCDI    MMRSCDI2    
Network Health Exchange 2 AFJXPNHA    AFJXPNHT    
Shift Handoff Tool 2 CRHD3    CRHD8    
Utilization Management Rollup 2 IBQL356    IBQLPL1    
VistA Integration Adapter 2 VIABMS2    VIABRPC    
Capacity Management 1 KMPSYNTH    
DRG Grouper 1 ICDDRGM    
Dental 1 DENTPEX    
My HealtheVet 1 MHV7RU    
Patient Assessment Documentation 1 ^NUPA(1927.4    
Pharmacy Prescription Practice 1 Data Segment    
Vendor - ISI 1 ISIJLS2    
Wounded Injured and Ill Warriors 1 WIIACT4    

Accessed By FileMan Db Calls, Total: 1084

Package Total Routines
Registration 266 DG10    DG1010P    DG1043P    DG1071P    DG531014P    DG531018P    DG531067P    DG531075P
DG531093P    DG53342P    DG53455P    DG53467P    DG53527P    DG53528P    DG53583P    DG53620P
DG53653A    DG53658    DG53659    DG53672D    DG53690I    DG53695    DG53705I    DG53726A
DG53735P    DG53842P    DG5393PT    DG53A564    DG53B563    DG53P543    DG53P593    DG53P641
DG53P893    DG53P897    DG53P951    DG53P952    DG648PST    DG737PRE    DG837PST    DG944PST
DG967PST    DGADDLST    DGADDUT2    DGADDUTL    DGAUDIT1    DGAUDIT2    DGBLRV    DGCOL
DGCV    DGCV1    DGCVRPT    DGDEATH    DGDEP    DGDIS    DGDISPL    DGEEREIM
DGEN    DGENA2    DGENACL    DGENACL1    DGENACL2    DGENCDA1    DGENCDRP    DGENCLN1
DGENELA1    DGENELA2    DGENELA4    DGENL    DGENL2    DGENLEH    DGENPTA    DGENPTA1
DGENU    DGENUPL1    DGENUPL2    DGENUPL3    DGENUPL7    DGENUPLA    DGFFP02    DGFFP03
DGFFP04    DGFFPLM1    DGFI    DGFSMOUT    DGHTENR    DGHTHLAA    DGHTINAC    DGHTRPT
DGHTRPT1    DGHTRTX    DGLOCK1    DGLOCK3    DGMHV    DGMHVAC    DGMHVUTL    DGMSE
DGMSEUTL    DGMSTR2    DGMTA    DGMTAUD2    DGMTDD    DGMTDEL    DGMTE    DGMTEO
DGMTP    DGMTREM    DGMTU4    DGMTV    DGNAME    DGOTHBT2    DGOTHD    DGOTHD1
DGOTHEL    DGOTHFS2    DGOTHFSM    DGOTHINQ    DGOTHMST    DGOTHRP2    DGOTHRP3    DGOTHRP5
DGOTHRP6    DGPFAPIH    DGPFAPIU    DGPFHLT3    DGPFUT1    DGPHIST    DGPHSTAT    DGPLBL
DGPMEX    DGPMV    DGPMV0    DGPMV33    DGPMVODS    DGPOTEN    DGPPAPI    DGPPDRPT
DGPPRP1    DGPPRP2    DGPPRP3    DGPPRP4    DGPPRP5    DGPPRRPT    DGPPSYCH    DGPSEU2
DGPSEUDO    DGPTDRG    DGPTF1    DGPTF2    DGPTFCR    DGPTFFB    DGPTFRU1    DGPTMSG
DGPTMSGD    DGPTOLC2    DGPTRI4    DGPTRNU    DGPTRNU1    DGPTX11    DGPTX12    DGPTX13
DGPWB    DGQPT2    DGREG    DGREGAED    DGREGARP    DGREGAZL    DGREGDD1    DGREGDEL
DGREGE    DGREGRED    DGREGTE2    DGREGTZL    DGRODEBR    DGROHLR1    DGROMAIL    DGROUT2
DGRP    DGRP1    DGRP1152A    DGRP1152U    DGRP2    DGRP3    DGRP61    DGRP6CL
DGRP6EF    DGRP7    DGRP7CP    DGRPC    DGRPC2    DGRPC3    DGRPCADD    DGRPCE
DGRPCE1    DGRPCF    DGRPD    DGRPD1    DGRPDB    DGRPDT    DGRPE    DGRPE1
DGRPE4    DGRPECE    DGRPEIS1    DGRPLE    DGRPP1    DGRPTU    DGRPTX    DGRPTX27
DGRPTX35    DGRPTX37    DGRPU    DGRPX7    DGRPX75    DGRPX76    DGRPX77    DGRPXC
DGRPXCR    DGRPXR    DGRPXX7    DGRPXX71    DGRPXX72    DGRPXX73    DGRPXX74    DGRPXX75
DGRPXX76    DGRRPSEE    DGRUADT1    DGRUGA01    DGRUGBJ    DGRUGC    DGRUGDS    DGRUGZDC
DGRUUTL    DGSILL    DGSWITCH    DGVTSFS    DPTLK    DPTLK1    DPTLK2    DPTLK4
DPTLK7    VADPT0    VADPT1    VADPT4    VADPT60    VAFCAPI    VAFCAUD    VAFCEHU3
VAFCMGU0    VAFCMS01    VAFCPID    VAFCPTAD    VAFCPTED    VAFCQRY1    VAFCQRY3    VAFCRAUD
VAFCSB    VAFCTFPR    VAFHLIN2    VAFHLNK1    VAFHLZAV    VAFHLZCT    VAFHLZE1    VAFHLZMH
VAFHLZTA    VAUTOMA    
Scheduling 138 SCAPMC28    SCCVCST3    SCDXSUP1    SCENIA2    SCMCCV6    SCMCENCT    SCMCMHE    SCMCMHHP
SCMCPAT    SCMCTSK1    SCMCTSK6    SCMCTSKG    SCMCU1    SCMCWS1    SCMSPX1    SCMSPX2
SCRPO5    SCRPPTA    SCRPW1    SCRPW7    SCRPW81    SCUTBK11    SD53P859    SDACSCG
SDAM10    SDAMEP1    SDAMEX    SDAMOCP1    SDAMODO    SDAMWI    SDAMWI1    SDAPP
SDASO    SDAUT2    SDCD    SDCI    SDCLK    SDCNP    SDDPA    SDDSO
SDEC07B    SDEC09    SDEC28    SDEC28L    SDEC38    SDEC48    SDEC53    SDEC54
SDEC54A    SDEC55A    SDEC658    SDEC665    SDECCAP    SDECCLN    SDECDATA    SDECDIS
SDECDTHCLNUP2    SDECEPT    SDECF2    SDECHL7    SDECRMG1    SDECRPT1    SDECRRCLEANUP    SDECRT
SDECRT0    SDECRT1    SDECRT2    SDECRTCF2    SDECSTSR    SDECU    SDECU3    SDECVVS
SDECWL3    SDES2CLINICLIST    SDES2EPT    SDES2PATDATA    SDES2PATSEARCH    SDES2STOREPAT    SDES852P    SDESAPPTDATA
SDESCOMPPEN    SDESGETPRFGAPS    SDESGETREGA    SDESGETREGA1    SDESGETSTOREDPAT    SDESGETTIUDOC    SDESINPUTVALUTL    SDESPATFLAGS
SDESPATIENTDATA2    SDESPATRPC    SDESPATSEARCH    SDESSTOREPATIENT    SDESVVS    SDHPIB    SDM    SDM1A
SDM1T    SDM1T10    SDM1T5    SDM4    SDMHAD1    SDMHNS1    SDMM1    SDMULT
SDN    SDOUTPUT    SDPFSS2    SDREV    SDROUT1    SDRPA08    SDRRCLR2    SDRRINQ
SDRRISRD    SDRRREP    SDSCINS    SDTMPUT0    SDUTL2    SDUTL3    SDWL120    SDWLAHRC
SDWLCU5    SDWLCU6    SDWLDISP    SDWLE    SDWLE113    SDWLE6    SDWLEC    SDWLFUL1
SDWLIFT3    SDWLMSG    SDWLPL    SDWLQSC    SDWLQSC1    SDWLREB    SDWLRP4    SDWLSC
SDWLSCPE    SDWLTR    
Integrated Billing 133 IB20P244    IB20PT81    IB20PT87    IB20R244    IBAECC    IBAECP    IBAGMR    IBAMTBU2
IBARXCBK    IBARXCQR    IBARXCSH    IBARXEI    IBARXEL1    IBARXEPE    IBARXEX    IBARXMQ
IBATLM0A    IBBFAPI    IBCB    IBCBB    IBCNBAC    IBCNBCD    IBCNBCD5    IBCNBLA1
IBCNBMI    IBCNCH    IBCNCH3    IBCNEDE4    IBCNEDEP    IBCNEHL3    IBCNEHL4    IBCNEQU
IBCNEQU1    IBCNERP1    IBCNERP3    IBCNERPF    IBCNERPG    IBCNERPJ    IBCNERPK    IBCNERPM
IBCNERTC    IBCNETST    IBCNEUT5    IBCNEUT7    IBCNHPR1    IBCNIUF    IBCNIUHL    IBCNIUR1
IBCNQ1    IBCNRDV    IBCNRDV1    IBCNSC3    IBCNSJ    IBCNSJ53    IBCNSM    IBCNSM2
IBCNSM31    IBCNSM32    IBCNSM4    IBCNSMM    IBCNSP    IBCNSP1    IBCNSP2    IBCNSU41
IBCNSUR    IBCNSUR1    IBCNSUR4    IBCOC1    IBCOPP2    IBCOPR    IBECEA    IBECEA36
IBECEA37    IBECEA38    IBECEA39    IBECECQ1    IBECECU1    IBFBWL    IBFBWL2    IBFBWL3
IBFBWL4    IBFBWL6    IBFBWLR    IBJDF41    IBJDF42    IBJTEP    IBJTU2    IBNCPBB
IBNCPDPE    IBNCPDR    IBOA31    IBODISP    IBOHLS    IBOHLSE    IBOHPT1    IBOMTE
IBOMTLTC    IBOMTP    IBOSCDC    IBRCON1    IBRFIWL    IBRREL    IBTOAT    IBTOBI
IBTONB    IBTOTR    IBTOVS    IBTRH1A    IBTRH3    IBTRH7    IBTRHRC    IBTRHRD
IBTRHRS    IBUCMM1    IBUCSP    IBUCVM    IBXS11    IBXS12    IBXS21    IBXSC11
IBXSC114    IBXSC117    IBXSC12    IBXSC121    IBXSC15    IBXSC17    IBXSC21    IBXSC22
IBXSC23    IBY549PO    IBY579PO    IBY652P    IBYEPT1    
Outpatient Pharmacy 50 PSO146PS    PSO480P    PSOASAP0    PSOBAI    PSOCAN1    PSOCLADD    PSOCLO1    PSOCLOU
PSOCLUTL    PSOCMOPR    PSOCPF    PSODEMSB    PSOERPC0    PSOERUT    PSOERUT0    PSOERX1A
PSOERX1B    PSOERX1E    PSOERX1G    PSOERXA1    PSOERXI1    PSOERXU6    PSOHLDS1    PSOHLDS5
PSOLMPAT    PSOMPHRC    PSONVAR1    PSOPAT    PSOPATLK    PSOPI136    PSOPROD1    PSOPROD2
PSOREJP0    PSORENW0    PSORLST2    PSORMRX    PSORMRXP    PSORREF    PSORRP    PSORRPA1
PSORRX1    PSOSPML5    PSOSPMUT    PSOSUCH1    PSOSUCHG    PSOSUDPR    PSOSUPAT    PSOTPCLP
PSOTPHL2    PSOVER    
Enrollment Application System 32 EAS122PT    EAS150P1    EASAILK1    EASBTBUL    EASEC100    EASEC10E    EASECA    EASECDEL
EASECDEP    EASECE    EASECEXP    EASECPC    EASECSC1    EASECV    EASEZC3    EASEZF1
EASEZFM    EASEZI    EASEZI1    EASEZPVD    EASEZU3    EASMT65    EASMTL10    EASMTL2
EASMTL6    EASMTL6A    EASMTRP1    EASMTRP3    EASMTUTL    EASPREC4    EASXDRPT    EASXRPT1
HINQ 21 DVBHCE    DVBHCE18    DVBHCE19    DVBHCE20    DVBHCE5    DVBHCE6    DVBHIQD    DVBHQD1
DVBHQST    DVBHQUP    DVBHQUS    DVBHQZ4    DVBHS1    DVBHS2    DVBHS3    DVBHS4
DVBHS5    DVBHS6    DVBHSVER    DVBHT    DVBHT1    
Accounts Receivable 19 PRCABARP    PRCAGDR    RCDMCR1B    RCDMCR2B    RCDMCR3B    RCDMCR4B    RCDMCR6B    RCDMCR7B
RCDMCR8B    RCDPEFA1    RCDPEFA2    RCDPLPS2    RCDPURED    RCHRFS    RCRCALB    RCRCVLB
RCRPU    RCVCR1    RCYDD1    
Mental Health 19 YSASA2    YSASGPH    YSASO    YSASSEL    YSCLDIS    YSCLHLPR    YSCLPOST    YSCLSERV
YSCLSRV2    YSCLSRV3    YSCLTST3    YSCLTST5    YSDGDEM    YSDSS    YSLRP    YTQAPI11
YTQRIS    YTQROPT    YTSAUDTC    
Clinical Information Resource Network 18 RGADTP2    RGADTP3    RGDRM01    RGDRM03    RGEVPRG    RGEX01    RGEX03    RGJCTS01
RGMTAUD    RGMTAUDP    RGMTHLDB    RGMTHLDP    RGMTMONT    RGPVMPI    RGRPDAT    RGRSPT
RGVCCMR1    RGVCCMR2    
Adverse Reaction Tracking 17 GMRADSP4    GMRADSP6    GMRAEER0    GMRAEF1    GMRAFA    GMRAFX3    GMRAMCB1    GMRAPAT
GMRAPEM0    GMRAPES0    GMRAPVDE    GMRAU85    GMRAUTL2    GMRAVAM0    GMRAY20    GMRAY25
GMRAY38    
Lab Service 17 LRAPBRPW    LRDPA    LRHDR    LRHY4X    LRHYBC1    LRHYF2    LRHYF4    LRHYPL
LRHYT1    LROW2RP    LRPHSET2    LRSORA1    LRSORC    LRSORD    LRVRPOC    LRVRPOCU
LRWLST11    
Income Verification Match 16 IVMADDRP    IVMCQ    IVMLDEM6    IVMLDEM9    IVMLDEMD    IVMLSU3    IVMPREC6    IVMPREC8
IVMPREC9    IVMPTRN    IVMPTRN7    IVMPTRN8    IVMPTRNA    IVMRNQ    IVMUFNC5    IVMZ7CCD
Radiology Nuclear Medicine 16 RA45PST1    RADEM    RADOSTIK    RADRPT1A    RADRPT2A    RADTICK    RAHLO4    RAMAORPT
RAORD    RAORD1    RAORD2    RAORD5    RAORDR    RAPM    RAPMW2    RARTE6
Imaging 15 MAGDCCS2    MAGDHWR    MAGDMEDL    MAGDRA2    MAGDRPCG    MAGDSTA3    MAGDSTAA    MAGDSTD2
MAGDSTD3    MAGGAII    MAGGSCP    MAGGTII    MAGTLRD    MAGTP009    MAGVIM02    
Master Patient Index VistA 14 MPIF001    MPIFAPI    MPIFAPI1    MPIFBT3    MPIFCMRP    MPIFEDIT    MPIFEXT2    MPIFEXT3
MPIFP41    MPIFP60    MPIFP76    MPIFQ0    MPIFRPC2    MPIFSAQ    
Womens Health 14 WV1026P    WVBRNED    WVGETAL1    WVHS    WVLABADD    WVNOTIF    WVRPCPD    WVRPCPT2
WVRPPCD2    WVRPST    WVTIU    WVUTL1    WVUTL1A    WVUTL8    
Text Integration Utility 13 GMRPNCW    GMRPNOR1    TIUASRPT    TIUCCHL7UT    TIUCCRHL7P1    TIUHL7P1    TIUHL7P2    TIUHL7P3
TIUMED1    TIUPSCA    TIURDIV    TIURVBC    TIUSUPN    
Medicine 12 MCARAM0    MCARAM6    MCARAM7    MCARAMLC    MCARAMLD    MCARAMLG    MCARGEA    MCARPCS1
MCARUTL2    MCARUTL3    MCARUTL4    MCRH1    
Automated Medical Information Exchange 11 DVBAAPLK    DVBAB1A    DVBABFRM    DVBAREG3    DVBAREN1    DVBAXA    DVBCADR    DVBCPATA
DVBCTOG    DVBCUTL5    DVBCXFRC    
Barcode Medication Administration 11 PSBMLEN    PSBMLLKU    PSBMLTS    PSBMLU    PSBO1    PSBOPE    PSBOXA    PSBPRN
PSBPXLP    PSBRPC    PSBVDLU3    
Beneficiary Travel 11 DGBT1    DGBTALTI    DGBTDLT    DGBTDLT1    DGBTDW    DGBTE    DGBTEF    DGBTR
DGBTR125    DGBTR17    DGBTSP    
Clinical Reminders 11 PXRMDEV    PXRMG2E1    PXRMGECJ    PXRMGECP    PXRMGECQ    PXRMGECR    PXRMGECS    PXRMGECT
PXRMOBJ    PXRMORCH    PXRMPDR    
Consult Request Tracking 11 GMRCAD31    GMRCCB    GMRCDRFR    GMRCIAIT    GMRCICMT    GMRCICMX    GMRCITPI    GMRCPSL3
GMRCPSL4    GMRCSTS1    GMRCYP31    
Health Summary 11 GMTSLRA    GMTSLRB    GMTSLRC    GMTSLRCP    GMTSLRM    GMTSLRMB    GMTSLRS    GMTSLRS7
GMTSLRT    GMTSMHCI    GMTSU2    
Inpatient Medications 11 PSIV    PSIVUWL    PSJADT0    PSJCLOZ    PSJDPT    PSJIMO1    PSJLMHED    PSJPAD7U
PSJPDRUT    PSJRXLAB    PSJVOSR    
Clinical Procedures 9 MDCLIO1    MDCPHL7A    MDHL7A    MDHL7BH    MDHL7R1    MDRPCOP    MDRPCOP1    MDRPCOR
MDWORSR2    
Order Entry Results Reporting 9 ORAM    ORAREN    ORB3MGR2    ORB3U1    ORDV07    ORPDMPWS    ORQPT2    ORUDPA
ORWPT16    
E Claims Management Engine 8 BPSNCPDP    BPSOSCC    BPSOSSG    BPSRES    BPSRPC02    BPSRPT9A    BPSSCRV1    BPSVRX2
Fee Basis 8 FBAAAUT    FBAAPI    FBAAROC    FBAATIC    FBARCHU    FBNHEAUT    FBPRICE    FBSHAUT
General Medical Record - Vitals 8 GMRVDS0    GMRVED0    GMRVEE0    GMRVEE2    GMRVER0    GMVDCEXT    GMVDCVAL    GMVRPCP
Prosthetics 8 RMPR9DM1    RMPR9DM2    RMPRDDC    RMPRELG1    RMPRFO    RMPRPIU0    RMPRS    RMPRUTL3
Enterprise Health Management Platform 7 HMPCRPC1    HMPDJ00    HMPDJ04A    HMPEQLM    HMPLIST    HMPPTDEM    HMPPTRPC    
Clinical Case Registries 6 RORREP01    RORRP019    RORUPD05    RORUTL02    RORUTL18    RORX000    
Controlled Substances 6 PSDNTF    PSDORNV    PSDRF    PSDRFR    PSDRFS    PSDRFW    
VA Point of Service 6 VPSAPPT    VPSRPC16    VPSRPC2    VPSRPC26    VPSSEND    VPSSRVY2    
DSS Extracts 5 ECXMOV    ECXOBSUR    ECXTPR    ECXUTL2    ECXUTL3    
Graphics 5 GRPX7    GRPX71    GRPX710    GRPX78    GRPX79    
Nursing Service 5 NURCEVE0    NURCPPS1    NURCPPS3    NURSCUTL    NURSUT1    
Record Tracking 5 RTMAS    RTRPT    RTT4    RTTR1    RTUTL3    
Dietetics 4 FHDPA    FHDSSAPI    FHMNINQ    FHMTK1D    
Quasar 4 ACKQASU    ACKQCP1    ACKQUTL4    ACKQUTL8    
Albany OIFO 3 A1CKC    A1CKC2    A1CKC3    
Emergency Department Integration Software 3 EDPDTL    EDPRPT13    EDPRPT2    
Event Capture 3 ECDTPD    ECMUTL1    ECPAT    
Incident Reporting 3 QANCDNT    QANEDIT    QANQUCK    
Methicillin Resistant Staph Aurerus Initiative Reports 3 MMRSCDI    MMRSCDI2    MMRSCRE2    
Network Health Exchange 3 AFJXALRT    AFJXPNHT    AFJXWCP1    
Patient Data Exchange 3 VAQDBIP6    VAQLED07    VAQUTL97    
Surgery 3 SRHLORU    SROAPCA4    SROATCM    
VBECS 3 VBECA6    VBECLU    VBECRPCB    
Virtual Patient Record 3 VPRDJ00    VPRDPT    VPRSDAD    
Automated Lab Instruments 2 LA7HDR1    LA7SBCR1    
CMOP 2 PSXBPSR1    PSXBPSRP    
General Medical Record - Generator 2 GMRGED0    GMRGPRNT    
General Medical Record - IO 2 GMRYRP5    GMRYUT0    
Hospital Based Home Care 2 HBHCRP3    HBHCUPD    
Mobile Scheduling Applications Suite 2 MBAALEXT    MBAARPCL    
My HealtheVet 2 MHVXDEMS    MHVXPAT    
Oncology 2 ONCACDU2    ONCOES    
PCE Patient Care Encounter 2 PXRRMDR1    PXVDIS    
Patient Assessment Documentation 2 NUPABCL2    NUPAOBJ    
Problem List 2 GMPLNTFT    GMPLNTRT    
Toolkit 2 XDRDADDS    XDRRMRG0    
Visual Impairment Service Team 2 ANRVOA    ANRVPR2    
Automated Information Collection System 1 IBDF1B    
Clinical Monitoring System 1 QAMEDT5    
DRG Grouper 1 ICDDRGM    
Dental 1 DENTQ    
Functional Independence 1 RMIMRP    
IFCAP 1 PRCHQ1B    
Incomplete Records Tracking 1 DGJTEE    
Integrated Patient Fund 1 PRPFED2    
Lexicon Utility 1 LEXQDRG3    
National Health Information Network 1 NHINVPT    
ODS 1 A1B2ADM    
Occurrence Screen 1 QAOSENTR    
Pharmacy Data Management 1 PSSWRNA    
Real Time Location System 1 VIAAPTR    
Remote Order Entry System 1 RMPFEI    
Vendor - ISI 1 ISIJUTL9    
VistA Integration Adapter 1 VIABPOST    
Wounded Injured and Ill Warriors 1 WIIGATD    

Pointed To By FileMan Files, Total: 361

Package Total FileMan Files
Registration 39 MAS PARAMETERS(#43)[213]    CENSUS WORKFILE(#45.85)[.01]    PAF(#45.9)[.01]    DG VAS QUEUE(#46.3)[.04]    TREATING FACILITY LIST(#391.91)[.01]    PATIENT DATA EXCEPTION(#391.98)[.01]    PATIENT ENROLLMENT(#27.11)[.02]    ENROLLMENT QUERY LOG(#27.12)[.01]    ENROLLMENT/ELIGIBILITY UPLOAD AUDIT(#27.14)[.03]    HOME TELEHEALTH PATIENT(#391.31)[1]    INCONSISTENT DATA(#38.5)[.01]    PTF MESSAGE(#45.5)[1]    MST HISTORY(#29.11)[2]    MEANS TEST CHANGES(#408.41)[.04]    NOSE AND THROAT RADIUM HISTORY(#28.11)[.01]    OTH ELIGIBILITY PATIENT(#33)[.01]    PTF TRANSACTION REQUEST LOG(#45.87)[.09]    PRF ASSIGNMENT(#26.13)[.01]    PRF HL7 EVENT(#26.21)[.01]    PRF HL7 REQUEST LOG(#26.22)[.03]    PATIENT MOVEMENT(#405)[.03]    PRESUMPTIVE PSYCHOSIS CATEGORY CHANGES(#33.1)[.01]    PATIENT RELATION(#408.12)[.01.03]    PTF(#45)[.01]    ENROLLMENT RATED DISABILITY UPLOAD AUDIT(#390)[2]    RAI MDS ASIH PATIENT(#46.14)[.01]    SCHEDULED ADMISSION(#41.1)[.01]    PRE-REGISTRATION AUDIT(#41.41)[.01]    PRE-REGISTRATION CALL LIST(#41.42)[.01]    PRE-REGISTRATION CALL LOG(#41.43)[1]    G&L CORRECTIONS(#43.5)[.05]    DG SECURITY LOG(#38.1)[.01]    WAIT LIST(#42.5)[#42.51(.01)]    EMBOSSED CARD TYPE(#39.1)[#39.13(.01)]    PATIENT(#2)[.082.3601]    OPC ERRORS(#40.15)[.01]    OPC(#40.1)[.01]    ADT/HL7 TRANSMISSION(#39.4)[.03]    ADT/HL7 PIVOT(#391.71)[.03.05]    
Integrated Billing 34 BILL/CLAIMS(#399)[.02]    INTEGRATED BILLING ACTION(#350)[.02]    TRICARE PHARMACY TRANSACTIONS(#351.5)[.02]    LTC COPAY CLOCK(#351.81)[.02]    BILLING PATIENT(#354)[.01]    GROUP INSURANCE PLAN(#355.3)[.1]    INSURANCE VERIFICATION PROCESSOR(#355.33)[60.01]    INSURANCE CLAIMS YEAR TO DATE(#355.5)[.02]    PERSONAL POLICY(#355.7)[.02]    SPONSOR(#355.8)[.01]    SPONSOR RELATIONSHIP(#355.81)[.01]    EDI MESSAGES(#364.2)[.07]    HEALTH CARE CLAIM RFAI (277)(#368)[109.01]    IB PATIENT COPAY ACCOUNT(#354.7)[.01]    TRANSFER PRICING PATIENT(#351.6)[.01]    PFSS ACCOUNT(#375)[.03]    PFSS CHARGE CACHE(#373)[.03]    IIV RESPONSE(#365)[.02]    IIV TRANSMISSION QUEUE(#365.1)[.02]    EIV EICD TRACKING(#365.18)[.05]    INTERFACILITY INSURANCE UPDATE(#365.19)[.01]    IB NCPDP EVENT LOG(#366.14)[#366.141(.03)#366.141(.14)]    IB SITE PARAMETERS(#350.9)[4.02]    MEANS TEST BILLING CLOCK(#351)[.02]    IB CONTINUOUS PATIENT(#351.1)[.01]    SPECIAL INPATIENT BILLING CASES(#351.2)[.01]    MEANS TEST BILLING CLOCK VERIFY(#351.3)[.02]    IB-FB INTERFACE TRACKING(#360)[.02]    CLAIMS TRACKING(#356)[.02]    INSURANCE REVIEW(#356.2)[.05]    HCS REVIEW TRANSMISSION(#356.22)[.02]    CLAIMS TRACKING ROI(#356.25)[.02]    CLAIMS TRACKING ROI CONSENT(#356.26)[.02]    IB UC VISIT TRACKING(#351.82)[.01]    
DSS Extracts 28 ADMISSION EXTRACT(#727.802)[4]    CLINIC NOSHOW EXTRACT(#727.804)[4]    NURSING EXTRACT(#727.805)[4]    DENTAL EXTRACT(#727.806)[4]    PHYSICAL MOVEMENT EXTRACT(#727.808)[4]    UNIT DOSE LOCAL EXTRACT(#727.809)[4]    PRESCRIPTION EXTRACT(#727.81)[4]    SURGERY EXTRACT(#727.811)[4]    MENTAL HEALTH EXTRACT(#727.812)[4]    RADIOLOGY EXTRACT(#727.814)[4]    EVENT CAPTURE LOCAL EXTRACT(#727.815)[4]    CLINIC I EXTRACT(#727.816)[4]    TREATING SPECIALTY CHANGE EXTRACT(#727.817)[4]    CLINIC II EXTRACT(#727.818)[4]    IV DETAIL EXTRACT(#727.819)[4]    ADMISSION SETUP EXTRACT(#727.82)[4]    PHYSICAL MOVEMENT SETUP EXTRACT(#727.821)[4]    TREATING SPECIALTY CHANGE SETUP EXTRACT(#727.822)[4]    PAI EXTRACT(#727.823)[4]    LAB RESULTS EXTRACT(#727.824)[4]    QUASAR EXTRACT(#727.825)[4]    PROSTHETICS EXTRACT(#727.826)[4]    CLINIC EXTRACT(#727.827)[4]    BLOOD BANK EXTRACT(#727.829)[4]    NUTRITION EXTRACT(#727.832)[4]    BCMA EXTRACT(#727.833)[4]    IV EXTRACT DATA(#728.113)[1]    UNIT DOSE EXTRACT DATA(#728.904)[1]    
Scheduling 20 HOSPITAL LOCATION(#44)[#44.003(.01)#44.007(.01)]    OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER(#409.68)[.02]    OUTPATIENT PROFILE(#404.41)[.01]    PATIENT TEAM ASSIGNMENT(#404.42)[.01]    PCMM HL7 TRANSMISSION LOG(#404.471)[.02]    PCMM HL7 EVENT(#404.48)[.02]    PCMM PATIENT EVENTS(#404.54)[.01]    RECALL REMINDERS(#403.5)[.01]    RECALL REMINDERS REMOVED(#403.56)[.01]    APPOINTMENT PFSS ACCOUNT REFERENCE(#409.55)[.02]    DELETED OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER(#409.74)[.02]    ACRP TRANSMISSION HISTORY(#409.77)[.03]    SDEC PREFERENCES AND SPECIAL NEEDS(#409.845)[.01]    SDEC APPT REQUEST(#409.85)[.01]    SDEC CONTACT(#409.86)[.01]    SDSC SERVICE CONNECTED CHANGES(#409.48)[.11]    SCHEDULING VISITS(#409.5)[2]    SD WAIT LIST(#409.3)[.01]    EWL CLEAN-UP(#409.39)[.01]    PATIENT APPOINTMENT INFO LOG(#409.6)[#409.69(.01)]    
Mental Health 16 MEDICAL RECORD(#90)[.01]    PT. TEXT(#99)[.01]    MH CLINICAL FILE(#615)[.01]    SECLUSION/RESTRAINT(#615.2)[.02]    CLOZAPINE PATIENT LIST(#603.01)[1]    CLOZAPINE HL7 TRANSMISSION(#603.05)[.01]    DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS - MENTAL HEALTH(#627.8)[.02]    MENTAL HEALTH CENSUS(#618)[#618.04(.01)]    CRISIS NOTE DISPLAY(#600.7)[#600.71(1)]    MENTAL HEALTH INPT(#618.4)[1]    MH WAIT LIST(#617)[#617.01(.01)]    ADDICTION SEVERITY INDEX(#604)[.02]    PSYCH INSTRUMENT PATIENT(#601.2)[.01]    INCOMPLETE PSYCH TEST PATIENT(#601.4)[.01]    MH ADMINISTRATIONS(#601.84)[1]    MH CR SCRATCH(#601.94)[1]    
Outpatient Pharmacy 16 DUE ANSWER SHEET(#50.0731)[7]    PATIENT NOTIFICATION (Rx READY)(#52.11)[.01]    RX VERIFY(#52.4)[1]    PENDING OUTPATIENT ORDERS(#52.41)[1]    PRESCRIPTION REFILL REQUEST(#52.43)[9]    PHARMACY TELEPHONE REFILLS(#52.444)[2]    ERX EXTERNAL PATIENT(#52.46)[1.5]    ERX HOLDING QUEUE(#52.49)[.05]    RX SUSPENSE(#52.5)[.03]    PHARMACY EXTERNAL INTERFACE(#52.51)[2]    IV MEDICATION ORDERS DC'D(#52.75)[2]    PSO AUDIT LOG(#52.87)[3]    PHARMACY PRINTED QUEUE(#52.9)[#52.9001(.01)]    TPB ELIGIBILITY(#52.91)[.01]    PHARMACY ARCHIVE(#52.8)[1]    PRESCRIPTION(#52)[2]    
Imaging 14 IMAGE(#2005)[5]    IMAGE AUDIT(#2005.1)[5]    IMAGING USER PREFERENCE(#2006.18)[#2006.1867(.01)]    IMAGING WINDOWS SESSIONS(#2006.82)[5]    IMAGE ACCESS LOG(#2006.95)[7]    MULTI IMAGE PRINT(#2006.961)[.01]    PACS MESSAGE(#2006.5)[2]    DICOM GATEWAY PARAMETER(#2006.563)[97]    EXPORT DICOM RUN(#2006.565)[15]    DICOM WORKLIST PATIENT(#2006.55)[#2006.552(.001)]    DICOM WORKLIST STUDY(#2006.56)[#2006.562(2)]    IMAGING PATIENT REFERENCE(#2005.6)[3]    IMAGING DUPLICATE UID LOG(#2005.66)[4]    MAGV IMPORT STUDY LOG(#2006.9421)[3]    
Clinical Procedures 11 CP_HL7_LOG(#704.002)[.06]    CP_MOVEMENT_AUDIT(#704.005)[.01]    TERM_RANGE_CHECK(#704.107)[.08]    OBS_FLOWSHEET_SUPP_PAGE(#704.1122)[.03]    OBS_ALARM(#704.115)[.02]    OBS(#704.117)[.08]    CP_KARDEX_ACTION(#704.121)[.04]    CP TRANSACTION(#702)[.01]    CP RESULT REPORT(#703.1)[.02]    HEMODIALYSIS ACCESS POINTS(#704.201)[.01]    HEMODIALYSIS STUDY(#704.202)[.02]    
Order Entry Results Reporting 11 ORDER CHECK PATIENT ACTIVE DATA(#860.1)[.01]    ORDER(#100)[.02]    OE/RR LIST(#100.21)[#100.2101(.01)]    CANCELLED ORDERS AND ORDER CHECKS(#100.3)[.02]    QUICK ORDER AUDIT(#100.95)[2]    SCHEDULED ALERTS(#100.97)[.01]    ORAM FLOWSHEET(#103)[.01]    ORDER PARAMETERS(#100.99)[3.05#100.9903(.01)]    PDMP QUERY LOG(#101.62)[.01]    OE/RR PATIENT EVENT(#100.2)[.01]    ORDER DEA ARCHIVE INFO(#101.52)[19]    
Fee Basis 9 FEE BASIS PAID TO IB(#161.9)[.01]    FEE BASIS UNAUTHORIZED CLAIMS(#162.7)[223]    VA FORM 10-7078(#162.4)[2]    FEE BASIS PATIENT MRA(#161.26)[.01]    FEE CH REPORT OF CONTACT(#161.5)[2]    FEE BASIS ID CARD AUDIT(#161.83)[.01]    FEE NOTIFICATION/REQUEST(#162.2)[3]    FEE BASIS PATIENT(#161)[.01]    FEE BASIS PAYMENT(#162)[.01]    
Inpatient Medications 7 IV STATS(#50.8)[#50.801(.01)#50.806(.01)]    NON-VERIFIED ORDERS(#53.1)[.5]    PRE-EXCHANGE NEEDS(#53.4)[#53.401(.01)]    MAR LABELS(#53.41)[#53.4102(.01)]    MISCELLANEOUS REPORT FILE(#53.43)[#53.43011(.01)]    PHYSICIANS' ORDERS(#53.44)[#53.4401(.01)]    PICK LIST(#53.5)[#53.51(.01)]    
Automated Medical Information Exchange 6 FORM 7131(#396)[.01]    CAPRI TEMPLATES(#396.17)[.01]    AMIE REPORT(#396.2)[.01]    CAPRI CLINICAL EFOLDER TRANSMISSIONS(#396.21)[.03]    2507 REQUEST(#396.3)[.01]    FORM 28-8861(#396.9)[4]    
Hospital Based Home Care 6 HBHC PATIENT(#631)[.01]    HBHC VISIT(#632)[.01]    HBHC EVALUATION/ADMISSION ERROR(S)(#634.1)[.01]    HBHC VISIT ERROR(S)(#634.2)[.01]    HBHC DISCHARGE ERROR(S)(#634.3)[.01]    HBHC PSEUDO SSN ERROR(S)(#634.5)[.01]    
Radiology Nuclear Medicine 6 HL7 MESSAGE EXCEPTIONS(#79.3)[.03]    RADIATION ABSORBED DOSE(#70.3)[.01]    RAD/NUC MED PATIENT(#70)[.01]    NUC MED EXAM DATA(#70.2)[.01]    RAD/NUC MED ORDERS(#75.1)[.01]    RAD/NUC MED REPORTS(#74)[2]    
Barcode Medication Administration 5 BCMA MISSING DOSE REQUEST(#53.68)[.11]    BCMA REPORT REQUEST(#53.69)[.12]    BCMA UNABLE TO SCAN LOG(#53.77)[.02]    BCMA MEDICATION VARIANCE LOG(#53.78)[.01]    BCMA MEDICATION LOG(#53.79)[.01]    
Clinical Reminders 5 REMINDERS EPISODE OF CARE(#809)[2]    REMINDER GEC DIALOG ASSOCIATION HISTORY(#801.55)[.01]    REMINDER REPORT TEMPLATE(#810.1)[#810.16(.01)]    REMINDER PATIENT LIST(#810.5)[#810.53(.01)]    REMINDER EXTRACT SUMMARY(#810.3)[#810.31(.01)#810.3316(.01)]    
Enrollment Application System 5 INCOME RELATION(#408.22)[.01]    ANNUAL MEANS TEST(#408.31)[.02]    1010EZ HOLDING(#712)[3.4]    EAS MT PATIENT STATUS(#713.1)[.01]    EAS LTC MONTHLY MAX CALCULATIONS(#714.5)[.01]    
Income Verification Match 5 IVM PATIENT(#301.5)[.01]    IVM BILLING TRANSMISSION(#301.61)[.02]    IVM FINANCIAL QUERY LOG(#301.62)[.01]    IVM EXTRACT MANAGEMENT(#301.63)[.08]    IVM ADDRESS CHANGE LOG(#301.7)[1]    
Lab Service 5 BLOOD INVENTORY(#65)[#65.03(.07)]    WKLD LOG FILE(#64.03)[2]    WKLD DATA(#64.1)[#64.1111(9)]    LAB SECTION PRINT(#69.2)[#69.3(.06)]    REFERRAL PATIENT(#67)[23]    
Prosthetics 5 HOME OXYGEN TRANSACTIONS FILE(#665.72)[#665.72319(.01)]    PROSTHETICS PATIENT(#665)[.01]    PROSTHETIC HOME/LIAISON VISITS(#665.1)[1]    PROS LETTER TRANSACTION FILE(#665.4)[.01]    PROSTHETIC SUSPENSE(#668)[1]    
Accounts Receivable 4 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE(#430)[7]    AR DEBTOR(#340)[.01]    AR DATA QUEUE(#348.4)[#348.41(.02)#348.43(.01)]    AR BATCH PAYMENT(#344)[#344.01(.03)]    
Adverse Reaction Tracking 4 PATIENT ALLERGIES(#120.8)[.01]    ADVERSE REACTION REPORTING(#120.85)[.02]    ADVERSE REACTION ASSESSMENT(#120.86)[.01]    REMOTE ALLERGY COMMENT(#120.88)[.02]    
Beneficiary Travel 4 BENEFICIARY TRAVEL CLAIM(#392)[2]    BENEFICIARY TRAVEL CERTIFICATION(#392.2)[2]    BENEFICIARY TRAVEL MANUAL DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER(#392.7)[2]    BT PATIENT ALTERNATE INCOME(#392.9)[.01]    
E Claims Management Engine 4 BPS CERTIFICATION(#9002313.31)[903]    BPS REQUESTS(#9002313.77)[1.15]    BPS TRANSACTION(#9002313.59)[5]    BPS LOG OF TRANSACTIONS(#9002313.57)[5]    
Enterprise Health Management Platform 4 HMP SUBSCRIPTION(#800000)[#800000.01(.01)]    HMP PATIENT OBJECT(#800000.1)[.02]    HMP ACTIVITY(#800001.5)[.01]    HMP ROSTER(#800001.2)[#800001.21(.02)#800001.23(.01)]    
Nursing Service 4 NURS AMIS DAILY EXCEPTION REPORT(#213.5)[#213.51(.01)]    NURS CLASSIFICATION(#214.6)[.02]    NURS REVIEW CLASSIFICATION(#214.7)[.02]    NURS PATIENT(#214)[.01]    
Patient Data Exchange 4 *PDX TRANSACTION(#394)[8]    *PDX STATISTICS(#394.4)[5]    VAQ - TRANSACTION(#394.61)[.03]    VAQ - WORKLOAD(#394.87)[10]    
Automated Information Collection System 3 ENCOUNTER FORM TRACKING(#357.96)[.02]    AICS ERROR AND WARNING LOG(#359.3)[.02]    SDEC CONSULT PID HISTORY(#409.87)[.02]    
Clinical Case Registries 3 ROR PATIENT EVENTS(#798.3)[.01]    ROR PATIENT(#798.4)[.01]    ROR LOG(#798.7)[#798.74(3)]    
Dietetics 3 DIETITIAN TICKLER FILE(#119)[#119.01(101)]    DIETETIC ENCOUNTERS(#115.7)[#115.701(.01)]    NUTRITION PERSON(#115)[14]    
Emergency Department Integration Software 3 ED LOG(#230)[.06]    ED LOG HISTORY(#230.1)[.06]    CLINICAL EVENTS(#234)[2]    
IFCAP 3 DIRECT DELIVERY PATIENTS(#440.2)[.01]    INTERNAL DISTRIBUTION ORDER/ADJ.(#445.3)[129]    INVENTORY DISTRIBUTED PATIENT SUPPLIES(#446.1)[2]    
Pharmacy Data Management 3 APSP INTERVENTION(#9009032.4)[.02]    PHARMACY PATIENT(#55)[.01#55.06(.5)]    REMOTE PRESCRIPTION LOG(#52.09)[.02]    
Surgery 3 SURGERY(#130)[.01]    SURGERY WAITING LIST(#133.8)[#133.801(.01)]    SURGERY TRANSPLANT ASSESSMENTS(#139.5)[.01]    
VA Point of Service 3 VPS MRAR PDO(#853.5)[.01]    VPS CLINICAL SURVEY(#853.8)[.01]    VPS APPOINTMENTS QUEUE(#853.9)[#853.91(2)]    
Womens Health 3 WV PATIENT(#790)[.01]    WV LAB TESTS(#790.08)[.02]    WV PREGNANCY/LACTATION STATUS CONFLICT EVENTS(#790.9)[2]    
Auto Replenishment Ward Stock 2 PADE INBOUND TRANSACTIONS(#58.6)[14]    PADE OUTBOUND MESSAGES(#58.72)[1]    
Clinical Information Resource Network 2 CIRN HL7 EXCEPTION LOG(#991.1)[#991.12(3)]    CIRN SITE PARAMETER(#991.8)[1830103108113118]    
Controlled Substances 2 CS WORKSHEET(#58.85)[22]    CS DESTRUCTION(#58.86)[18]    
Dental 2 DENTAL PATIENT(#220)[.01]    DENTAL TREATMENT (AMIS)(#221)[3]    
HINQ 2 HINQ SUSPENSE(#395.5)[.01]    HINQ AUDIT(#395.7)[.01]    
Kernel 2 ALERT(#8992)[#8992.01(3.02)]    ALERT TRACKING(#8992.1)[.04]    
PCE Patient Care Encounter 2 PATIENT/IHS(#9000001)[.01]    PCE PARAMETERS(#815)[201]    
Patient Assessment Documentation 2 NUPA SAVED NOTES(#1927.09)[4]    NUPA CARE PLANS(#1927.4)[1]    
Quasar 2 A&SP PATIENT(#509850.2)[.01]    AUDIOMETRIC EXAM DATA(#509850.9)[.02]    
Record Tracking 2 RECORDS(#190)[.019]    RECORD TRACKING SORT GLOBAL(#194.3)[#194.31(.01)]    
Remote Order Entry System 2 STATION ORDER(#791810)[.04]    ROES ELIGIBILITY CONFIRMATION(#791814)[.01]    
Shift Handoff Tool 2 CRHD TEMPORARY DATA(#183.2)[#183.21(.01)]    CRHD HOT TEAM PATIENT LIST(#183.3)[#183.31(.01)]    
Toolkit 2 DUPLICATE RECORD(#15)[.01.02999999903]
MERGE IMAGES(#15.4)[.01.02]    
VBECS 2 VBECS WORKLOAD CAPTURE(#6002.01)[9]    VBECS DSS EXTRACT(#6002.03)[1]    
Visual Impairment Service Team 2 VIST ROSTER(#2040)[.01]    ANRV PATIENT REVIEW(#2048)[.01]    
CMOP 1 CMOP TRANSMISSION(#550.2)[#550.215(.03)]    
Care Management 1 PATIENT TASK(#102.3)[3]    
Clinical Monitoring System 1 FALL OUT(#743.1)[.01]    
Consult Request Tracking 1 REQUEST/CONSULTATION(#123)[.02]    
Drug Accountability 1 DRUG ACCOUNTABILITY TRANSACTION(#58.81)[73]    
Event Capture 1 EVENT CAPTURE PATIENT(#721)[1]    
Event Driven Reporting 1 EDR EVENT(#705)[2]    
Functional Independence 1 FUNCTIONAL INDEPENDENCE MEASUREMENT RECORD(#783)[.03]    
General Medical Record - Generator 1 GMR TEXT(#124.3)[.02]    
General Medical Record - IO 1 GMRY PATIENT I/O FILE(#126)[.01]    
General Medical Record - Vitals 1 GMRV VITAL MEASUREMENT(#120.5)[.02]    
Incident Reporting 1 QA PATIENT INCIDENT REVIEW(#742)[.01]    
Incomplete Records Tracking 1 INCOMPLETE RECORDS(#393)[.01]    
Integrated Patient Fund 1 PATIENT FUNDS(#470)[.01]    
Master Patient Index VistA 1 MPIF CMOR REQUEST(#984.9)[.04]    
Medicine 1 MEDICAL PATIENT(#690)[.01]    
Occurrence Screen 1 QA OCCURRENCE SCREEN(#741)[.01]    
Oncology 1 ONCOLOGY PATIENT(#160)[.01]    
Pharmacy Benefits Management 1 PBM PATIENT DEMOGRAPHICS(#59.9)[.02]    
Text Integration Utility 1 TIU AUDIT TRAIL(#8925.5)[1.031.04]    
VA FileMan 1 AUDIT(#1.1)[2.9]    
Virtual Patient Record 1 VPR SUBSCRIPTION(#560)[#560.02(.01)]    
Wounded Injured and Ill Warriors 1 WII ADMISSIONS DISCHARGES(#987.5)[18]    

Pointer To FileMan Files, Total: 87

Package Total FileMan Files
Registration 35 PATIENT CONTACT RELATION(#12.11)[.2104.224.3309.331015.34015]    PENSION AWARD REASONS(#27.18)[.3852.3854.3855.3856.3857]    SHARING AGREEMENT SUB-CATEGORY(#35.2)[#2.98(24)]    TYPE OF PATIENT(#391)[391]    AMIS SEGMENT(#391.1)[#2.101(17)]    MEDICAL CENTER DIVISION(#40.8)[#2.101(3)]    ROOM-BED(#405.4)[.108]    SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION TYPES(#47.75)[.357]    SOURCE OF NOTIFICATIONS(#47.76)[.353]    SEXUAL ORIENTATION TYPES(#47.77)[#2.025(.01)]    PRONOUN TYPES(#47.78)[#2.2406(.01)]    PATIENT ENROLLMENT(#27.11)[27.01]    CATASTROPHIC DISABILITY REASONS(#27.17)[#2.396(.01)#2.397(.01)#2.398(.01)#2.401(.01)#2.409(.01)]    HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN(#25.11)[#2.2511(.01)#2.2512(1)]    MHV SOCIALIZATION(#390.01)[#2.0537026(1)]    MHV SOCIALIZATION ACTIONS(#390.02)[#2.0537041(.01)#2.0537042(.01)#2.5370262(.01)]
MHV DECLINED REASONS(#390.03)[537036537037537038]
PATIENT MOVEMENT(#405)[.102.105]    RACE(#10)[.06#2.02(.01)]    ETHNICITY(#10.2)[#2.06(.01)]    RACE AND ETHNICITY COLLECTION METHOD(#10.3)[#2.02(.02)#2.06(.02)]    MARITAL STATUS(#11)[.05]    RELIGION(#13)[.08]    PERIOD OF SERVICE(#21)[.323]    POW PERIOD(#22)[.526.5292]    BRANCH OF SERVICE(#23)[.325.3291.3296#2.312(3.02)#2.3216(.03)]    TYPE OF DISCHARGE(#25)[.324.329.3295#2.3216(.06)]    SEPARATION REASON(#26)[#2.3216(.1)]    DISPOSITION LATE REASON(#30)[#2.101(8)]    OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY(#35)[.309]    DISPOSITION(#37)[#2.101(6)]    FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY(#45.7)[.103]    CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY(#45.82)[.31]    ELIGIBILITY CODE(#8)[.361#2.0361(.01)#2.101(13)]
PATIENT(#2)[.082.3601]    
Integrated Billing 32 INSURANCE COMPANY(#36)[#2.101(25)#2.312(.01)]    GROUP INSURANCE PLAN(#355.3)[#2.312(.18)]    IIV RESPONSE(#365)[#2.312(8.03)]    PLACE OF SERVICE(#353.1)[#2.3229(.02)]    SOURCE OF INFORMATION(#355.12)[#2.312(1.09)]    X12 271 ELIGIBILITY/BENEFIT(#365.011)[#2.322(.02)]    X12 271 COVERAGE LEVEL(#365.012)[#2.322(.03)]    X12 271 SERVICE TYPE(#365.013)[#2.312(8.02)#2.322(.04)#2.32292(.01)]
X12 271 INSURANCE TYPE(#365.014)[#2.322(.05)]    X12 271 TIME PERIOD QUALIFIER(#365.015)[#2.322(.07)#2.3227(.07)]    X12 271 QUANTITY QUALIFIER(#365.016)[#2.322(.1)#2.3227(.03)]    X12 271 CONTACT QUALIFIER(#365.021)[#2.3226(.04)]    X12 271 ENTITY IDENTIFIER CODE(#365.022)[#2.322(3.01)]    X12 271 IDENTIFICATION QUALIFIER(#365.023)[#2.322(3.05)]    X12 271 PROVIDER CODE(#365.024)[#2.322(5.01)#2.332(.02)]    X12 271 DELIVERY FREQUENCY CODE(#365.025)[#2.3227(.08)]    X12 271 DATE QUALIFIER(#365.026)[#2.3228(.03)]    X12 271 REFERENCE IDENTIFICATION(#365.028)[#2.3129(.03)#2.322(5.03)#2.32291(.03)]
X12 271 UNITS OF MEASUREMENT(#365.029)[#2.3227(.05)]    X12 271 ENTITY RELATIONSHIP CODE(#365.031)[#2.322(3.06)]    X12 271 DATE FORMAT QUALIFIER(#365.032)[#2.312(12.06)#2.3228(.04)]    X12 271 YES/NO RESPONSE CODE(#365.033)[#2.322(.12)#2.322(.13)]    X12 271 LOCATION QUALIFER(#365.034)[#2.322(4.08)]    X12 271 PROCEDURE CODING METHOD(#365.035)[#2.322(1.01)]    X12 271 DELIVERY PATTERN(#365.036)[#2.3227(.09)]    X12 271 MILITARY PERSONNEL INFO STATUS CODE(#365.039)[#2.312(12.01)]    X12 271 MILITARY GOVT SERVICE AFFILIATION(#365.041)[#2.312(12.03)]    X12 271 MILITARY SERVICE RANK(#365.042)[#2.312(12.05)]    X12 271 ENTITY TYPE QUALIFIER(#365.043)[#2.322(3.02)]    X12 271 CODE LIST QUALIFIER(#365.044)[#2.3229(.04)]    X12 271 NATURE OF INJURY CODES(#365.045)[#2.3229(.05)]    X12 271 MILITARY EMPLOYMENT STATUS CODE(#365.046)[#2.312(12.02)]    
Scheduling 5 HOSPITAL LOCATION(#44)[#2.001(.01)#2.98(.01)#2.98(18)]
OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER(#409.68)[#2.101(18)#2.98(21)]    TEAM(#404.51)[404.02]    APPOINTMENT TYPE(#409.1)[#2.98(9.5)]    CANCELLATION REASONS(#409.2)[#2.98(16)]    
Kernel 4 INSTITUTION(#4)[.11581.12.12114.13111.1314.1323.138.14113.2911.314.3618.393.53527.02991.031010.1521010.154#2.0992(2)#2.2511(3)#2.2512(3)#2.3215(.06)#2.399(.393)]    STATE(#5)[.093.115.1155.1215.1415.1654.1659.217.2197.256.2917.2927.3117.3317.337.347#2.101(35)#2.312(2.06)#2.312(3.09)#2.322(4.04)]    NAME COMPONENTS(#20)[1.011.021.031.041.051.061.071.081.09#2.01(100.03)#2.101(100.21)]
NEW PERSON(#200)[.096.104.1041.11583.122.1318.1319.1324.1325.14118.14119.352.355.3616.576404.011100.021100.04#2.101(4)#2.101(9)#2.2511(2)#2.2512(2)#2.312(1.02)#2.312(1.04)#2.312(1.06)#2.342(.02)#2.98(14)#2.98(19)]    
Enrollment Application System 2 MEANS TEST STATUS(#408.32)[.14]    1010EZ HOLDING(#712)[1010.156]    
Health Level Seven 2 COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)[.0931.11573.1173.1223.14116.2101.221.3306.331012.34012]    SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL(#774)[991.05]    
Lab Service 2 LAB DATA(#63)[63]    REFERRAL PATIENT(#67)[67]    
DRG Grouper 1 ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)[#2.3229(.03)#2.31211(.02)]    
Dental 1 DENTAL CLASSIFICATION(#220.2)[220]    
E Claims Management Engine 1 BPS NCPDP PATIENT RELATIONSHIP CODE(#9002313.19)[#2.312(4.05)]    
HINQ 1 DISABILITY CONDITION(#31)[#2.04(.01)]    
Text Integration Utility 1 TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)[#2.025(.05)]    

Fields, Total: 573

Field # Name Loc Type Details
.01 NAME 0;1 FREE TEXT
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,30) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME S:$D(X) DGNEWVAL=X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the patient's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-30 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma. All other
    characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • AUDIT CONDITION:  I 1
  • PRE-LOOKUP:  D INPUT^DGRPDD1
  • DELETE TEST:  100,0)= I $D(^OR(100,"ACT",DA_";DPT(")) D EN^DDIOL("Patient orders must be deleted first.","","!?0")
    401,0)= I $O(^DGPM("C",DA,0)) W *7,!,"Delete Patient Movements First",!
    1900,0)= I $N(^DPT(DA,"S",DT))+1 W *7,!,"APPOINTMENT(S) PENDING!"
    3000,0)= I $N(^PS(55,DA,"P",0))+1 W *7,!,"PATIENT HAS OUTPATIENT PRESCRIPTIONS"
    999999,0)= D DEL^DPTLK2
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^B
    1)= S ^DPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^BS5^MUMPS
    1)= Q:$P(^DPT(DA,0),U,9)']"" S ^DPT("BS5",$E(X,1)_$E($P(^(0),U,9),6,9),DA)=""
    2)= Q:$P(^DPT(DA,0),U,9)']"" K ^DPT("BS5",$E(X,1)_$E($P(^(0),U,9),6,9),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS2^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ABUL^MUMPS
    1)= K DGNEWVAL Q
    2)= S DFN=DA D ^DGPATN K DGNEWVAL Q
    This cross-reference will generate a mail message when a patient is deleted or the patient's name is changed.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM01^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC01^MUMPS
    1)= I '$D(DFN),($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".01;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".01;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AMPIMIS^MUMPS
    1)= I $T(SET^VAFCMIS)'=""&('$D(VAFCNO)) D SET^VAFCMIS(DA)
    2)= I $T(KILL^VAFCMIS)'=""&('$D(VAFCNO)) D KILL^VAFCMIS(DA)
    Temporary cross reference that lets the MPI Missing ICN job know that a patient was added to the Patient file, via another package other than PIMS, and needs to get an ICN. Once the ICN is assigned (local or national) the
    cross reference is killed.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU01^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD01 (#177) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): NAME (2,.01) (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  NOP (#588) REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING
    Short Descr: Index of standardized values that don't match .01 value.
    Description: This cross reference facilitates PATIENT file lookups by a standardized name value. In addition to the standardization applied by Kernel name utilities, hyphens and apostrophes are also removed from the name value. This
    cross reference is only set if the standardized name is different than the patient name value stored in the NAME (#.01) field.
    Set Logic: S ^DPT("NOP",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    Kill Logic: K ^DPT("NOP",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    Whole Kill: K ^DPT("NOP")
    X(1): NAME (2,.01) (Subscr 1) (Len 30) (forwards)
    Transform (Storage): S X=$$NOP^XLFNAME7(X)
    Transform (Lookup): S X=$$NOP^XLFNAME7(X)
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM01 (#589) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with the .01 field.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.01 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.01,.DG20NAME,1.01,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U),"CL30") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.01,1.01) Q
    X(1): NAME (2,.01) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
.02 SEX 0;2 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'M' FOR MALE;
  • 'F' FOR FEMALE;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'M' for MALE, or 'F' for FEMALE.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter 'M' if this applicant is a male, or 'F' if female.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ASX
    1)= S ^DPT("ASX",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ASX",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR02^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM02^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,IVMKILL=2,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX,IVMKILL
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
    Also, if this field is edited, this cross-reference will check to see if the patient requires a financial query to be sent to the IVM Center (Data Collection Division (DCD).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC02^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".02;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".02;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU02^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD02 (#811) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the data in the SEX (.02) field changes.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.02,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.02,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): SEX (2,.02) (forwards)
.024 SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER .24;4 SET
  • 'M' FOR Man;
  • 'F' FOR Woman;
  • 'TM' FOR Transgender Man;
  • 'TF' FOR Transgender Woman;
  • 'O' FOR A gender not listed here;
  • 'N' FOR Prefer not to answer;
  • 'B' FOR Non-Binary;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 03, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the code that specifies the patient's preferred gender.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER value indicates the patient's view of their gender identity, if they choose to provide it.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC024 (#993) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.024,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.024,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): SELF IDENTIFIED GENDER (2,.024) (forwards)
.025 SEXUAL ORIENTATION .025;0 POINTER Multiple #2.025 2.025

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The Sexual Orientation identifies the identities of the patient in relation to the gender to which they associate with.
  • INDEXED BY:  SEXUAL ORIENTATION & STATUS & DATE CREATED & DATE LAST UPDATED & NOTE & TYPE OF UPDATE (AHIST), SEXUAL ORIENTATION (AVAFC202501), STATUS (AVAFC202502), DATE CREATED (AVAFC202503), DATE LAST UPDATED (AVAFC202504)
.0251 SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT .241;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>255!($L(X)<3) X
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 255
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 17, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the free text value (3-255 characters) of the specified 'Other' Sexual Orientation associated with the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This free text value defines the 'Other' specified Sexual Orientation identity of the patient in relation to the gender to which they associate with.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AHIST (#774) MUMPS IR SORTING ONLY
    Short Descr: Sexual Orientation Free Text
    Description: The purpose of this index is to give MPI the ability to rollback Sexual Orientation Free Text changes to a previous value by looking at the history of the changes that occurred.
    Set Logic: D SETSOD^VAFCAPI
    Kill Logic: D KILLSOD^VAFCAPI
    X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT (2,.0251) (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC0251 (#1602) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0251,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0251,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): SEXUAL ORIENTATION FREE TEXT (2,.0251) (forwards)
.03 DATE OF BIRTH 0;3 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:1701231>X!(DT
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  NUMDATE4(DOB)
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 08, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's DATE OF BIRTH which must be later than 12/31/1870. DATE OF BIRTH cannot be a date after the beneficiary 'Ineligible Date' or a date after the 'Application Date'.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the patient's DATE OF BIRTH which must be later than 12/31/1870. DATE OF BIRTH cannot be a date after the beneficiary 'Ineligible Date' or a date after the 'Application Date'.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADOB
    1)= S ^DPT("ADOB",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ADOB",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.083
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="1" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.083 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE VALUE)= "1"
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.083
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS3^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM03^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,IVMKILL=3,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX,IVMKILL
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
    Also, if this field is edited, this cross-reference will check to see if the patient requires a financial query to be sent to the IVM Center (Data Collection Division (DCD).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC03^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".03;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".03;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU03^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD03 (#887) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.03,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.03,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): DATE OF BIRTH (2,.03) (forwards)
.033 AGE COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(2,.033,9.5) S X=$E(Y(2,.033,15),Y(2,.033,16),X) S Y=X,X=Y(2,.033,13),X=X
    9.2 = S Y(2,.033,5)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:""),X=$S($G(^DPT(D0,.35)):+^(.35),1:DT) S X=X,Y(2,.033,1)=X S X=1,Y(2,.033,2)=X S X=3,X=$E(Y(2,.033,1),Y(2,.033,2),X),Y(2,.033,3)=X,Y(2,.033,4)=X
    9.3 = X ^DD(2,.033,9.2) S X=$P(Y(2,.033,5),U,3),X=X S X=X,Y(2,.033,6)=X S X=1,Y(2,.033,7)=X S X=3,X=$E(Y(2,.033,6),Y(2,.033,7),X) S Y=X,X=Y(2,.033,3),X=X-Y
    9.4 = X ^DD(2,.033,9.3) S Y(2,.033,8)=X,Y(2,.033,9)=X,Y(2,.033,10)=X,X=$S($G(^DPT(D0,.35)):+^(.35),1:DT) S X=X,Y(2,.033,11)=X S X=4,Y(2,.033,12)=X S X=7,X=$E(Y(2,.033,11),Y(2,.033,12),X)
    9.5 = X ^DD(2,.033,9.4) S Y(2,.033,13)=X,Y(2,.033,14)=X S X=$P(Y(2,.033,5),U,3),X=X S X=X,Y(2,.033,15)=X S X=4,Y(2,.033,16)=X S X=7
  • ALGORITHM:  $E(TODAY,1,3)-$E(INTERNAL(DOB),1,3)-($E(TODAY,4,7)<$E(INTERNAL(DOB),4,7))
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 06, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Computed field which determines patients age based on DOB and todays date.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    A computer field which, based on today's date (or the patient's date of death, if applicable) and the patient's date of birth, will arrive at his/her age.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.05 MARITAL STATUS 0;5 POINTER TO MARITAL STATUS FILE (#11)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
MARITAL STATUS(#11)

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 02, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the available listing this patients current marital status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Select from the available listing this applicant's current marital status.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC05^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".05;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".05;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU05^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR05^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.06 RACE 0;6 POINTER TO RACE FILE (#10) RACE(#10)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K X D EN^DDIOL("** THIS FIELD IS FOR HISTORICAL PURPOSES ONLY - ENTRY OF DATA NOT ALLOWED **",,"!")
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field is for historical purposes only. Please do not enter data into it.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is no longer being populated and the values that are on file were collected prior to installation of patch DG*5.3*415.
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC06^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU06^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.07 OCCUPATION 0;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 21, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's occupation [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If applicable, enter this applicant's current occupation [1-30 characters].
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU07^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.08 RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE 0;8 POINTER TO RELIGION FILE (#13) RELIGION(#13)

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the available list this patients religious preference.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Select from the available listing the religious preference of this applicant.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC08^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".08;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".08;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU08^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR08^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.081 DUPLICATE STATUS 0;18 SET
  • '0' FOR NO UNRESOLVED DUPLICATES;
  • '1' FOR CHECK DUPLICATE RECORDS FILE;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 25, 1987
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is currently not being utilized. It will be active when Patient Merge/Purge options are available to the user. Duplicate Status field will be defined at that time.
.082 PATIENT MERGED TO 0;19 POINTER TO PATIENT FILE (#2) PATIENT(#2)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 25, 1987
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is currently not being utilized. It will be active when Patient Merge/Purge options are available to the user. Patient Merged To: field will be defined at that time.
.083 CHECK FOR DUPLICATE 0;20 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 25, 1987
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is currently not being utilized. It will be active when Patient Merge/Purge options are available to the user. Check for Duplicate field will be defined at that time.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the DATE OF BIRTH field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ANEW^MUMPS
    1)= S ^DPT("ANEW",DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ANEW",DA)
.09 SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER 0;9 FREE TEXT
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S:'$D(DPTX) DFN=DA D SSN^DGINP Q I $L(X)>10
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  NOT EXECUTABLE!! -- SPECIFIER NEEDS AN "O"!
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 06, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 9-digit SSN or 'P' for pseudo-SSN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Answer with the individual's social security number. Answer must be 9 numbers in length. The SSN will be sent to the SSA for verification. This will be displayed next to the SSN. Once an SSN has received a status of
    Verified, it is locked from user updating and a "VERIFIED" will be displayed by the SSN field. Only the Identity Management Data QUality Team are able to change a beneficiary's (veteran/non veteran) SSN. If an Invalid
    per SSA status is received for the SSN, then an "INVALID" will appear next to the invalid SSN of the individual. Facilities should make every effort to obtain the accurate SSN from the individual for any invalid or pseudo
    SSN entry.
    If a valid SSN is not known, then a "P" will be entered at the SSN prompt for the system to automatically assign a Pseudo-SSN. If a Pseudo SSN is entered, a Reason for entering it will be required.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    SOURCE OF DATA: 10/10 FORM
    DATA DESTINATION: 10/10 FORM
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^BS^MUMPS
    1)= S ^DPT("BS",$E(X,6,9),DA)=""
    2)= K:$E(X,6,9)'="" ^DPT("BS",$E(X,6,9),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.083
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="1" X ^DD(2,.09,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,19,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,21,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,20),^(0)=$P(DIH,U,1,19)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.083 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE VALUE)= "1"
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.083
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^BS5^MUMPS
    1)= S ^DPT("BS5",$E(^DPT(DA,0),1)_$E(X,6,9),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("BS5",$E(^DPT(DA,0),1)_$E(X,6,9),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS1^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ATP^MUMPS
    1)= I $E(X,1,5)="00000" D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.6,0,21,1)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.6,0,21,0)
    This cross reference is used to indentify test patients. Test patients are designated by five leading zeros in the SSN.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^SSN
    1)= S ^DPT("SSN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("SSN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVADPT6^MUMPS
    1)= S VADFN=DA D SET^VADPT6 K VADFN
    2)= S VADFN=DA D KILL^VADPT6 K VADFN
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AD^MUMPS
    1)= S PPP=X,X="PPPFMX" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T SNSSN^PPPFMX S X=PPP K PPP
    2)= S PPP=X,X="PPPFMX" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T KNSSN^PPPFMX S X=PPP K PPP
    This cross-reference is used to add a new SSN to the Prescription Practices Files when a new patient is added to the patient file.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.0906
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X=Y(0)'["P" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"SSN")):^("SSN"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.09,1,10,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),"SSN")),DIV=X S $P(^("SSN"),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.0906 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.09'["P"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= PSEUDO SSN REAS
    Pseudo SSN Reason will have a value only if SSN is a Pseudo SSN.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM09^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^PX09^MUMPS
    1)= S PX=X,X="PXXDPT" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T SETSSN^PXXDPT S X=PX K PX
    2)= S PX=X,X="PXXDPT" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T KILLSSN^PXXDPT S X=PX K PX
    This cross-reference is used to add a new SSN to the 9000001 IHS Patient File when a new patient is added to the Patient File.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC09^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".09;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".09;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU09^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD09 (#179) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.09,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.09,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER (2,.09) (forwards)
.0901 TERMINAL DIGIT OF SSN COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  S %=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:""),X=$E(%,8,9)_$E(%,6,7)_$E(%,4,5)_$E(%,1,3)
  • ALGORITHM:  S %=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:""),X=$E(%,8,9)_$E(%,6,7)_$E(%,4,5)_$E(%,1,3)
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 07, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Computed field which determines last four digits of SSN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is a computed field which returns the terminal digit value of the patient's social security number. This value is computed to be the last 2 digits of the social security number concatenated with the sixth and seventh
    digits of the social security number concatenated with the forth and fifth pieces of the social security number concatenated with the first 3 digits of the social security number.
.0905 1U4N COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(2,.0905,9.2) S X=$E(Y(.0905,4),Y(.0905,5),X) S Y=X,X=Y(.0905,3),X=X_Y
    9.2 = S Y(.0905,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(.0905,1),U,1),Y(.0905,2)=X S X=1,X=$E(Y(.0905,2),X),Y(.0905,3)=X S X=$P(Y(.0905,1),U,9),Y(.0905,4)=X S X=6,Y(.0905,5)=X S X=9
  • ALGORITHM:  $E(NAME,1)_$E(SSN,6,9)
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Computed field which determines first characters of last name and last four digits of SSN, i.e., 'L1234'.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is a computed field used to display the first character of the patient's last name concatenated with the last four digits of the patient's social security number. This combination of characters can be used to look-up
    a patient in DHCP.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.0906 PSEUDO SSN REASON SSN;1 SET
  • 'R' FOR REFUSED TO PROVIDE;
  • 'S' FOR SSN UNKNOWN/FOLLOW-UP REQUIRED;
  • 'N' FOR NO SSN ASSIGNED;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 30, 2007
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is used to document the reason the individual was assigned a pseudo SSN. Based on your selection, the Pseudo SSN Report (Patient) option located in the Registration Menu can provide you a current report of the
    reasons entered at this prompt. The following reasons are available for selection:
    Refused to Provide - use this reason when the individual was asked for his/her SSN and refused to provide the number.
    SSN Unknown/Follow-up required - use this reason when the individual is not available to ask/answer the request for SSN. The facility should initiate Follow-up activity to obtain the SSN.
    No SSN Assigned - use this reason when the individual has not been assigned an SSN. This generally applies to spouse or dependents of veterans who are not US citizens and infrequently, non-citizen beneficiaries.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC0906 (#714) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0906,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0906,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PSEUDO SSN REASON (2,.0906) (forwards)
.0907 SSN VERIFICATION STATUS SSN;2 SET
  • '4' FOR VERIFIED;
  • '2' FOR INVALID;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 06, 2006
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field designates whether or not the SSN has been verified. This field will be received in the HL7 record. It is not editable by the user. Once the SSN is verified by the SSA, it is no longer editable.
.091 REMARKS 0;10 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>60!($L(X)<3) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter remarks concerning this patient for general display [3-60 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If so desired, you may enter a short remark about this applicant between 3-60 characters. The remark entered should be significant and tact should be exercised since this field is viewable to virtually all other users who
    have the ability to 'call up' a patient for any purpose.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the INELIGIBLE DATE field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the DATE OF DEATH field of the PATIENT File
.092 PLACE OF BIRTH [CITY] 0;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 27, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter city in which patient was born (or foreign country) [2-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the city in which this applicant was born (or foreign country if born outside the U.S.) [2-20 characters].
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC092^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".092;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".092;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU092^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.093 PLACE OF BIRTH [STATE] 0;12 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 27, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If born in US enter the state in which this patient was born.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the applicant was born within the U.S. select from the available listing the state in which s/he was born.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC093^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".093;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".093;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU093^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.0931 PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY .24;6 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 01, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the COUNTRY CODE from the list that identifies the country where the individual was born.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY field identifies the Country that was selected from the available COUNTRY CODE list for where the individual was born.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC0931 (#1478) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0931,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0931,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PLACE OF BIRTH COUNTRY (2,.0931) (forwards)
.0932 PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE .24;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 01, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Province (1-20 characters) where the individual was born.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE field identifies the location within certain countries containing additional divisions of where the individual was born.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC0932 (#1479) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0932,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.0932,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PLACE OF BIRTH PROVINCE (2,.0932) (forwards)
.096 WHO ENTERED PATIENT 0;15 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 06, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The name of the user who entered this patient into the PATIENT file.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The name of the user who first entered this applicant into the patient file.
    DELETE AUTHORITY: ^
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
.097 DATE ENTERED INTO FILE 0;16 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 30, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The date this patient record was established in the patient file.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field stores the date this patient was initially stored into the PATIENT file. This is filled in automatically once a patient is successfully added to the database.
    DELETE AUTHORITY: ^
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD097 (#812) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if field DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (.097) is modified.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.097,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.097,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (2,.097) (forwards)
    Transform (Display):
  • FIELD INDEX:  BMS (#1513) REGULAR IR LOOKUP & SORTING
    Short Descr: Speed up LISTPATIENT query in BMS
    Set Logic: S ^DPT("BMS",X,DA)=""
    Kill Logic: K ^DPT("BMS",X,DA)
    Whole Kill: K ^DPT("BMS")
    X(1): DATE ENTERED INTO FILE (2,.097) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
    Transform (Display):
.098 HOW WAS PATIENT ENTERED? 0;17 SET
  • '1' FOR 10-10T REGISTRATION;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 20, 1996
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    How was the patient entered into the system.
.1 WARD LOCATION .1;E1,30 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 21, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The ward on which this patient is currently residing [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The ward location on which this patient is currently residing if an inpatient [2-30 characters].
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^CN^MUMPS
    1)= D CN^DGPMDDCN
    2)= K ^DPT("CN",X,DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACN
    1)= S ^DPT("ACN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ANURS^MUMPS
    1)= S %X=X,X="NURSCPL" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=%X D:$T EN1^NURSCPL
    2)= S %X=X,X="NURSCPL" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=%X D:$T EN2^NURSCPL
.101 ROOM-BED .101;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 22, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-15 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If desired, for this inpatient, enter the room and bed indicator to which s/he is assigned in 'ROOM-BED' format.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^RM
    1)= S ^DPT("RM",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("RM",$E(X,1,30),DA)
.102 CURRENT MOVEMENT .102;1 POINTER TO PATIENT MOVEMENT FILE (#405) PATIENT MOVEMENT(#405)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 18, 1989
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the internal entry number of the PATIENT MOVEMENT file denoting the most recent movement for an inpatient. This field is only stored for current inpatients. It must NOT be edited as this could affect
    the integrity of many options within MAS and other packages. When displaying this field, the date/time of the most recent movement will display.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA"
  • EXPLANATION:  Allows only movements for patient
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
.103 TREATING SPECIALTY .103;1 POINTER TO FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY FILE (#45.7) FACILITY TREATING SPECIALTY(#45.7)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 28, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The treating specialty to which this inpatient applicant is currently assigned.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    From the available listing choose the treating specialty to which this inpatient is currently assigned.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ATR
    1)= S ^DPT("ATR",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ATR",$E(X,1,30),DA)
.104 PROVIDER .104;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The provider currently assigned to this inpatient applicant.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    From the available listing select the provider who is currently treating this patient.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Allow only active providers.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D HELP^DGPMDD(DA,DT)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^APR
    1)= S ^DPT("APR",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("APR",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD104 (#813) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr: x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the PROVIDER (.104) is modified.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.104,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.104,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PROVIDER (2,.104) (forwards)
.1041 ATTENDING PHYSICIAN .1041;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 07, 1994
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field should contain the attending physician currently responsible for this patient's care.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the attending physician currently responsible for the care of this patient. This field is maintained automatically for all inpatients and must not be edited. Once a patient is discharged, the data in
    this field is removed.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA,DT)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Allow only active providers.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D HELP^DGPMDD(DA,DT)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AAP
    1)= S ^DPT("AAP",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AAP",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This cross-reference contains all current inpatients, stored by their current attending physician.
.105 CURRENT ADMISSION .105;1 POINTER TO PATIENT MOVEMENT FILE (#405) PATIENT MOVEMENT(#405)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA,$P(^(0),U,2)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 14, 1989
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the internal entry number of the PATIENT MOVEMENT file denoting the current admission for an inpatient. This field is only stored for current inpatients. It must NOT be edited as this could affect the
    integrity of many options within MAS and other DHCP packages. When displaying this field, the date/time of the current admission will be displayed.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=DA,$P(^(0),U,2)=1"
  • EXPLANATION:  Allows only admissions for patient.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACA
    1)= S ^DPT("ACA",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACA",$E(X,1,30),DA)
.106 LAST DMMS EPISODE NUMBER .106;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>99999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 15, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a Number between 1 and 99999, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field was added at the request of the DMMS package developed at the Birmingham ISC. It will be utilized in a future release of that package.
.107 LODGER WARD LOCATION .107;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 09, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient is a lodger, this is the ward on which the patient resides (2-30 characters).
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The ward on which the patient currently resides if the patient is a lodger.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^LD^MUMPS
    1)= D LD^DGPMDDLD
    2)= K ^DPT("LD",X,DA)
.108 CURRENT ROOM .108;1 POINTER TO ROOM-BED FILE (#405.4) ROOM-BED(#405.4)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 22, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains a pointer to the ROOM-BED file denoting the current room-bed in which this inpatient resides. This field is filled in only for inpatients. It must NOT be edited as editing could adversely affect the
    operation of the MAS package as well as other DHCP packages. This field is filled in automatically by the module.
.109 EXCLUDE FROM FACILITY DIR .109;1 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 18, 2003
  • DESCRIPTION:  Denotes whether or not the patient wished to be excluded from the Facility Directory for current admission. This field is only stored for current inpatients. It must NOT be edited as this could affect the integrity of
    many options within PIMS and other packages.
.111 STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .11;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of this applicant's residence street address [3-35 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the first line of this applicant's residence street address [3-35 characters].
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR29^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.111 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS111^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR111^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM
    This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM111^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC111^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".111;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".111;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU111^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD111 (#230) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.111,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.111,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.111) (forwards)
.1112 ZIP+4 .11;12 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789).
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other address fields on this node. This field 'triggers' the ZIP CODE (#.116) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.116,.11,6,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.116,.11,6,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1112^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= address change dt
    This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM1112^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC1112^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".1112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".1112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU1112^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AZIPLINK (#185) MUMPS SORTING ONLY
    Short Descr: This x-ref will link the zip, city, state, and county fields
    Set Logic: Q
    Set Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
    Kill Logic: K EASDO2
    Kill Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
    X(1): ZIP+4 (2,.1112) (forwards)
    X(2): Computed Code: S:('$G(EASDO2)&($D(EASZIPLK))) X=$$ZIP^DGREGDD1(DA,X(1))
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1112 (#231) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1112,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1112,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): ZIP+4 (2,.1112) (forwards)
.1118 STREET ADDRESS CASS IND .11;18 SET
  • 'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
  • 'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
  • 'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
  • 'PV' FOR PROCESSING;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 13, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the CASS status for the street address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The Street Address CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the street address has been certified by CASS.
.112 STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .11;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 02, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the second line of this applicant's street address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the second line of this applicant's residence street address [3-30 characters] if the space provided in 'street address' was not sufficient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR30^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.112 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS112^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR112^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
    This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM112^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC112^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".112;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU112^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD112 (#232) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.112,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.112,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.112) (forwards)
.113 STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .11;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter a third line of this applicant's street address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the third line of this applicant's residence street address [3-30 characters] if the space provided in 'street address' and 'street address 2' was not sufficient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS113^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR113^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
    This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM113^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC113^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".113;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".113;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU113^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD113 (#233) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.113,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.113,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.113) (forwards)
.114 CITY .11;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 15
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 2-15 characters in length
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the city in which this applicant resides [2-15 characters]. If the space provided is not sufficient please abbreviate the city to the best of your ability.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS114^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR114^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
    This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM114^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC114^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".114;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".114;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU114^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD114 (#234) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.114,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.114,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CITY (2,.114) (forwards)
.115 STATE .11;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 26, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the available listing the state in which this applicant resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    From the available listing choose the state in which this applicant resides.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1"
  • EXPLANATION:  This screen prevents selection of entires that are valid US states or possessions.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.117
    1)= Q
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:""),Y=$P(Y(1),U,7) X:$D(^DD(2,.117,2)) ^(2) S X=Y S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.115,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)):^(.11),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,6,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,8,999),^(.11)=$P(DIH,U,1,6)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.117 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= COUNTY
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS115^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR115^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
    This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM115^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC115^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU115^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD115 (#235) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.115,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.115,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): STATE (2,.115) (forwards)
.1151 RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] .115;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the first line of this applicant's residential address
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1152
    1)= Q
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.1151,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1152 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    DELETE CONDITION)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1]=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2]
    This cross-reference will delete the contents of RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] whenever this field is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1151^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1151^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC1151 (#1603) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1151,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1151,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] (2,.1151) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1152 RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] .115;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the second line of this applicant's residential address [3-30 characters] if the space provided in 'residential address [Line 1]' was not sufficient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 1] field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1152^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1153
    1)= Q
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.1152,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1153 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    DELETE CONDITION)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2]=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3]
    This cross-reference will delete the contents of RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] whenever this field is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1152^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC1152 (#1604) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1152,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1152,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] (2,.1152) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1153 RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] .115;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the third line of this applicant's residential address [3-30 characters] if the space provided in 'residential address [Line 1]' and 'residential address [Line 2]' was not sufficient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 2] field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1153^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1153^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC1153 (#1605) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1153,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1153,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS [LINE 3] (2,.1153) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1154 RESIDENTIAL CITY .115;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 15
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 2-15 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the city in which this applicant resides
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1154^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1154^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC1154 (#1606) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1154,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1154,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL CITY (2,.1154) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1155 RESIDENTIAL STATE .115;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the available listing the state in which this applicant resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the state in which this applicant resides
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1155^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1155^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC1155 (#1607) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1155,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1155,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL STATE (2,.1155) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1156 RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 .115;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the zip code for the city in which this applicant resides
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1156^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1156^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC1156 (#1608) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1156,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1156,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL ZIP+4 (2,.1156) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1157 RESIDENTIAL COUNTY .115;7 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):+$P(^(.115),"^",5),1:0) K:'Z0 X Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X K Z0,DIC
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  Q:Y']"" S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):+$P(^(.115),"^",5),1:"") Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($S($D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)):^(0),1:""),"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 24, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the county in which this applicant resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a state of residence is entered select from the available listing the county in which this applicant resides. If no state (or a non-state) is entered no selection is possible.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  S ZD=D,X="?",Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):+$P(^(.115),U,5),1:0) Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S DIC=DIE,D=ZD K ZD
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1157^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AIVM1157^MUMPS
    1)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    2)= D DPT^IVMPXFR
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
.11571 RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE .115;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the Province for a foreign residential address
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC11571 (#1609) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11571,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11571,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE (2,.11571) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.11572 RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE .115;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the Postal Code for a patient which has a foreign address.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC11572 (#1610) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11572,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11572,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE (2,.11572) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.11573 RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY .115;10 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the patient's residential address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the country where the patient's residential address is located.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXRCTNRY (#1533) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear Residential Addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address,
    this cross reference will clear the RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE, RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTY and RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic residential address, this cross reference will clear the RESIDENTIAL PROVINCE
    and RESIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
    Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"RESI",.11573)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (2,.11573) (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC11573 (#1611) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG Field Monitor event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11573,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.11573,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): RESIDENTIAL COUNTRY (2,.11573) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM8 (#1532)
.1158 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM .115;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the date and time of the last Residential Address update.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.11581
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1158,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11581 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1158,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11581 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE
    This cross-reference will trigger the population of the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE field with the appropriate station number.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.11582
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11582 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11582 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SOURCE
    This cross-reference will update the Residential Addr Source field when address data changes for a patient. The source will be set to 'VAMC', and should be overwritten for instances where the Address source is something
    different.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.11583
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11583 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.115)):^(.115),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.115)),DIV=X S $P(^(.115),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.11583 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's residential address.
.11581 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE .115;15 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 14, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the site that last changed this patient's residential address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's residential address.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.11582 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SOURCE .115;12 SET
  • 'HEC' FOR HEC;
  • 'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
  • 'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
  • 'NCOA' FOR NCOA;
  • 'BVA' FOR BVA;
  • 'USPS' FOR USPS;
  • 'LACS' FOR LACS;
  • 'VOA' FOR VOA;
  • 'VET360' FOR VET360;
  • 'VAINS' FOR VAINS;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 13, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the source of the address change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the source of the last Residential Address change.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.11583 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER .115;16 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's residential address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's residential address. It is automatically set when the residential address is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the RESIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.1159 RESIDENTIAL ADDR CASS IND .115;19 SET
  • 'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
  • 'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
  • 'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
  • 'PV' FOR PROCESSING;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 13, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the CASS status for the residential address
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The Residential Addr CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the residential address has been certified by CASS.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
.116 ZIP CODE .11;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the zip code for the city in which this applicant resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the zip code [5 numerics] for the city in which this applicant resides.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field will become un-editable in a later release. Programmers should modify code from this field (.116) to the ZIP+4 field (.1112) Currently, modifications to this field will create an entry in the ZIP+4 field
    (without the +4 of course).
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS116^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.1112,.11,12,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.1112,.11,12,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to the zip field after the zip is edited.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE DT
    This cross-reference will update the Address Change DT/TM field when address data changes for a patient.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AZIPLNK2 (#186) MUMPS SORTING ONLY
    Short Descr: Update City, State, and County fields based on Zipcode
    Set Logic: Q
    Set Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
    Kill Logic: K EASDO2
    Kill Cond: I X1(1)'=X2(1)
    X(1): ZIP CODE (2,.116) (forwards)
    X(2): Computed Code: S:'$G(EASDO2) X=$$ZIP^DGREGDD1(DA,X(1)),EASDO2=1
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD116 (#236) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.116,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.116,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): ZIP CODE (2,.116) (forwards)
.117 COUNTY .11;7 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):+$P(^(.11),"^",5),1:0) K:'Z0 X Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X K Z0,DIC
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  Q:Y']"" S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):+$P(^(.11),"^",5),1:"") Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($S($D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)):^(0),1:""),"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 20, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the county in which this applicant resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a state of residence is entered select from the available listing the county in which this applicant resides. If no state (or a non-state) is entered no selection is possible.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  S ZD=D,X="?",Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):+$P(^(.11),U,5),1:0) Q:'Z0!'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S DIC=DIE,D=ZD K ZD
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the STATE field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS117^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR117^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM117^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC117^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".117;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".117;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
.1171 PROVINCE .11;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter a Province if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
    The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.118
    This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AX1171 (#688) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes
    Description: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. This cross reference is needed on this field because the update to the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field does NOT trigger a message to the HEC.
    Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    X(1): PROVINCE (2,.1171) (forwards)
.1172 POSTAL CODE .11;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter with patient's postal code if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
    The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.118
    This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AX1172 (#793) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes.
    Description: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. This cross reference is necessary because the update of ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field does NOT trigger a message to the HEC.
    Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    X(1): POSTAL CODE (2,.1172) (forwards)
.1173 COUNTRY .11;10 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 27, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the patient's mailing address is located.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the country where the patient's mailing address is located.
    If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.118
    This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AX1173 (#794) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes.
    Description: This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. This cross reference is needed on this field because the update to the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field does NOT trigger a message to the HEC.
    Set Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    Kill Logic: D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    X(1): COUNTRY (2,.1173) (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXCNTRY (#796) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Trigger cross reference to clear related fields
    Set Logic: I ($T(EN^DGCNTRY)'="") D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"PERM",.1173)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): COUNTRY (2,.1173) (forwards)
.118 ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM .11;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 24, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  (No range limit on date)
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the date and time of the last Address Update.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the ZIP+4 field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the CITY field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the STATE field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the ZIP CODE field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the PROVINCE field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the POSTAL CODE field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the COUNTRY field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.119
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.119 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.119 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE
    This cross-reference will update the Address Source field when address data changes for a patient. The source will be set to 'VAMC', and should be overwritten for instances where the Address source is something different.
    The incoming Z05 process has been updated to overwrite this field as appropriate.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.122
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.122 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.122 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's primary address.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR118^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.119 ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE .11;14 SET
  • 'HEC' FOR HEC;
  • 'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
  • 'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
  • 'NCOA' FOR NCOA;
  • 'BVA' FOR BVA;
  • 'VAINS' FOR VAINS;
  • 'USPS' FOR USPS;
  • 'LACS' FOR LACS;
  • 'VOA' FOR VOA;
  • 'VET360' FOR VET360;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 08, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the source of the address change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the source of the Last address change.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.12
    1)= X ^DD(2,.119,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.119,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.119,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.119,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
    X ^DD(2,.119,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE CONDITION)= OLD ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= ADDRESS CHANGE SITE
    This cross-reference will trigger the population of the ADDRESS CHANGE SITE field with the appropriate station number if the ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The ADDRESS CHANGE SITE field should be overwritten for
    cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading Z05 message).
.12 ADDRESS CHANGE SITE .11;15 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 03, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the site that last changed this patient's address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's address. This field is only populated when the Address Source is listed as VAMC.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
.121 BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR .11;16 SET
  • '1' FOR UNDELIVERABLE;
  • '2' FOR HOMELESS;
  • '3' FOR OTHER;
  • '4' FOR ADDRESS NOT FOUND;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 07, 2014
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter 1 if the address is 'UNDELIVERABLE', 2 if the patient is 'HOMELESS', or 3 for 'OTHER' bad address reasons. Enter "@" to remove the indicator.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The Bad Address Indicator field applies to the address at which the patient resides. This field should be set as follows (if applicable):
    "UNDELIVERABLE" - Bad Address based on returned mail.
    "HOMELESS" - Patient is known to be homeless.
    "OTHER" - Other Bad Address Reason
    Setting this field will prevent a Bad Address from being shared with HEC and other VAMC facilities.
    Once the Bad Address Indicator is set, incoming "newer" addresses will automatically remove the Bad Address Indicator, and allow the "updated" address to be transmitted to HEC and other VAMC facilities. To manually remove
    the Bad Address Indicator enter the "@" symbol.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field is being used in conjunction with Patient Address fields .111, .1112, .112, .113, .114, .115, .116, and .117, which are located in the Patient (#2) file.
    A programmer API, $$BADADR^DGUTL3(DFN) will allow the return of the Bad Address Indicator. The following parameters are used:
    Input Parameter: DFN - internal entry number for the Patient file (#2)
    Return value: internal value of the Bad Address Indicator or
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=4"
  • EXPLANATION:  Only 1-3 may be selected.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR121^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.11)):^(.11),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.11)),DIV=X S $P(^(.11),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.118
    This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Address Change.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC121 (#801) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.121,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.121,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): BAD ADDRESS INDICATOR (2,.121) (forwards)
.12105 TEMPORARY ADDRESS ACTIVE? .121;9 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA I X="N" D TADD^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if you want to enter/edit Temporary address data, 'N' if not.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter 'Y' if you wish to enter a temporary address for this applicant at this time, or 'N' if not. A 'NO' response will cause the temporary address 'Start Date' and 'End Date' fields to be automatically deleted while all
    other temporary address data will remain on file for future use.
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR11^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.12105 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1211 TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 1] .121;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of this applicants temporary address [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the first line of the temporary street address for this applicant [2-30 characters] otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as
    long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR12^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.1211 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.12111 TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTY .121;11 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):+$P(^(.121),"^",5),1:0) K:'Z0 X Q:'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X K Z0,DIC
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y Q:Y']"" S Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):+$P(^(.121),"^",5),1:0) Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($S($D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)):^(0),1:""),"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 10, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the county in which the applicant's temporary address exists.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a state is entered for the temporary residence, enter the county in which that residence resides. If a state does not exist for the temporary address, a county can not be entered.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  S ZD=D,X="?",Z0=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):$P(^(.121),"^",5),1:0) Q:'$D(^DIC(5,+Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S DIC=DIE,D=ZD K ZD
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR12111^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.12112 TEMPORARY ZIP+4 .121;12 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789).
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  Related to other address fields on this node. This field 'triggers' the TEMPORARY ZIP CODE (#.1216) field, using the first 5 digits of
    this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ATZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.1216,.121,6,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.1216,.121,6,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.12113 TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM .121;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 15, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  (No range limit on date)
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the date and time of the last Temporary Address Update.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR12113^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.12114
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):^(.121),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.12113,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.121)),DIV=X S $P(^(.121),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12114 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.121)):^(.121),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.12113,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.121)),DIV=X S $P(^(.121),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.12114 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    FIELD)= `.12114
.12114 TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE SITE .121;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 19, 2005
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's temporary address.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the TEMPORARY ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.12115 TEMPORARY ADDR CASS IND .121;15 SET
  • 'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
  • 'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
  • 'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
  • 'PV' FOR PROCESSING;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 13, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the CASS status for the temporary address
  • DESCRIPTION:  The Temporary Addr CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the
    temporary address has been certified by CASS.
.1212 TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 2] .121;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 11, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter, if necessary, the second line of this applicants temporary address [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the second line of the temporary street address [2-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as
    long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR13^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.1212 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1213 TEMPORARY STREET [LINE 3] .121;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter, if necessary, the third line of this applicants temporary address [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the third line of the temporary street address [2-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long
    as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1214 TEMPORARY CITY .121;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which this applicant is temporarily residing [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the city in which the temporary address lies [2-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for
    a temporary address is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1215 TEMPORARY STATE .121;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 26, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the state in which this applicant is temporarily residing.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES select from the available listing the state in which the temporary address lies, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as
    the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(5,Y,0),U,6)=1"
  • EXPLANATION:  This screen will restrict the entry of a state to valid US states or possessions.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1216 TEMPORARY ZIP CODE .121;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the zip code of the temporary address at which this patient is currently residing.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the zip code assigned to the temporary city [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a
    temporary address is indicated.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This five-digit zip code associated with the temporary address is populated by the five or nine digit TEMPORARY ZIP+4 field (via a trigger). The TEMPORARY ZIP CODE field will be made un-editiable several months following
    the release of PIMS 5.3.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ATZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.12112,.121,12,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.12112,.121,12,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1217 TEMPORARY ADDRESS START DATE .121;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which the patient will first be found at the temporary address indicated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the date on which the applicant will commence being contacted at the temporary address indicated, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not
    be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AGU1^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1218 TEMPORARY ADDRESS END DATE .121;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK I $D(X),(X<$P(^DPT(DFN,.121),"^",7)) K X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 13, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date as of which the patient will no longer be at the temporary address indicated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the date as of which the applicant will no longer be contacted at that temporary address, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be
    deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D TADD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1219 TEMPORARY PHONE NUMBER .121;10 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D TAD^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the telephone number of the temporary address at which the patient is located [4-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the WANT TO ENTER A TEMPORARY ADDRESS prompt is answered YES enter the telephone number at which the applicant can be contacted [4-20 characters] during his/her absence from their residence, otherwise nothing may be
    entered. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a temporary address is indicated.
  • GROUP:  TAD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1219^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.122 ADDRESS CHANGE USER .11;17 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2003
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The name of the user who has changed this patient's primary address.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.1221 TEMPORARY ADDRESS PROVINCE .122;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter a Province if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
    The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1222 TEMPORARY ADDRESS POSTAL CODE .122;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter with patient's postal code if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
    The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.1223 TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY .122;3 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 15, 2006
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the country where the patient's temporary address is located.
    If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXTCNTRY (#797) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear temporary addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address,
    this cross reference will clear the TEMPORARY ADDRESS STATE, TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTY and TEMPORARY ADDRESS ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic temporary address, this cross reference will clear the TEMPORARY PROVINCE and
    TEMPORARY POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
    Set Logic: I ($T(EN^DGCNTRY)'="") D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"TEMP",.1223)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): TEMPORARY ADDRESS COUNTRY (2,.1223) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM1 (#603)
.131 PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE] .13;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 31, 2012
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patients home telephone number [4-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the telephone number [4-20 characters] to this applicant's place of residence.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR131^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^F
    1)= S ^DPT("F",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("F",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This cross reference will update the PHONE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time stamp each time this field is changed.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1321
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1321 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1321 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM
    This cross reference will update the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with the current date and time stamp each time this field is changed.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM131^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC131^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".131;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".131;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU131^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.1311 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE .13;10 SET
  • 'HEC' FOR HEC;
  • 'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
  • 'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
  • 'VOA' FOR VOA;
  • 'VET360' FOR VET360;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 08, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the source of the Cellular number change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the source of the last Cellular number change.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.13111
    1)= X ^DD(2,.1311,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1311,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1311,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,11)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13111 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1311,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
    X ^DD(2,.1311,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,11)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.13111 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE CONDITION)= OLD CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOU="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE
    This cross-reference will trigger the population of the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE field with the appropriate station number if the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE field
    should be overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading Z05 message).
.13111 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SITE .13;11 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the site that last changed this patient's Cellular number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's Cellular number. This field is only populated when the Cellular Number Change Source is listed as VAMC.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
.1312 PAGER NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM .13;12 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 2006
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the date and time of the last Pager number update.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PAGER NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1313
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1313 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1313 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    FIELD)= #.1313
    This cross reference will update the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field (#.1313).
.1313 PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE .13;13 SET
  • 'HEC' FOR HEC;
  • 'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
  • 'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
  • 'VOA' FOR VOA;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 22, 2013
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the source of the Pager number change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the source of the last Pager number change.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1314
    1)= X ^DD(2,.1313,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.1313,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1313,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1314 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1313,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=""
    X ^DD(2,.1313,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1314 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE CONDITION)= OLD PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE
    This cross-reference will trigger the population of the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE field with the appropriate station number if the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE field should be
    overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading Z05 message).
.1314 PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SITE .13;14 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the site that last changed this patient's Pager number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's Pager number. This field is only populated when the Pager Number Change Source is listed as VAMC.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
.1315 CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER .13;15 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the telephone number of the confidential address at which the patient is located [4-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the telephone number of the confidential address at which the patient is located [4-20 characters].
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.14119
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14119 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14119 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= CONFIDENTIAL PHONE CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's confidential phone number.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1315 (#888) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1315,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1315,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER (2,.1315) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1316 EMAIL ADDRESS INDICATOR .13;16 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 19, 2012
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Does the Veteran have an Email address?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field indicates whether or not the Veteran has an Email address.
.1317 EMAIL ADDRESS INDICATOR DT/TM .13;17 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 20, 2012
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time of the Email Address Indicator response.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the date and time of the last Email Address Indicator response.
.1318 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE USER .13;18 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's email address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's email address. It is automatically set when the email address is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.1319 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE USER .13;19 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 17, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's cell number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's cell phone number. It is automatically set when the cell phone number is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.132 PHONE NUMBER [WORK] .13;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If employed, enter the telephone number of this applicants place of employment [4-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the office phone number [4-20 characters] where this applicant can be reached while employed, if employed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  PEMP
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR132^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1325
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1325 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1325 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= PHONE [WORK] CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's work phone number.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1326
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1326 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1326 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= PHONE [WORK] CHANGE DT/TM
    This cross reference will update the PHONE [WORK] CHANGE DT/TM field with the current date and time stamp each time this field is changed.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM132^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC132^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".132;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".132;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU132^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.1321 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM .132;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the date and time of the Residence phone number change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the date and time of the last Residence phone number update.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE] field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1322
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1322 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1322 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    FIELD)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1324
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1324 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1324 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= #.1324
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's residential phone number.
.1322 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE .132;2 SET
  • 'HEC' FOR HEC;
  • 'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
  • 'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
  • 'VOA' FOR VOA;
  • 'VET360' FOR VET360;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 08, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the source of the Residence phone number change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the source of the last Residence phone number change.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1323
    1)= X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,1.1) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1323 D ^DICR
    1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAERR"",$J)")
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1322,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
    2)= X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.1322,1,1,2.1) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.132)),DIV=X S $P(^(.132),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1323 D ^DICR
    2.1)= S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAERR"",$J)")
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.1322,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.132)):^(.132),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,2)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
    CREATE CONDITION)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAERR"",$J)")
    DELETE CONDITION)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$$FIND1^DIC(4,"","QX",X,"D","","^TMP(""DGSTAERR"",$J)")
    FIELD)= RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE
    This cross-reference will trigger the population of the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE field with the appropriate station number if the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE field
    should be overwritten for the cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading Z05 message).
.1323 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SITE .132;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2012
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the site that last changed this patient's Residence phone number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's Residence phone number. This field is only populated when the Residence Number Change Source is listed as VAMC.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
.1324 RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE USER .132;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's residential phone number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's residential phone number. It is automatically set when the residential phone number is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the RESIDENCE NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.1325 PHONE [WORK] CHANGE USER .132;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's work phone number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's work phone number. It is automatically set when the work phone number is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [WORK] field of the PATIENT File
.1326 PHONE [WORK] CHANGE DT/TM .132;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 01, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the date and time of the work phone number change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the date and time of the last work phone number update.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [WORK] field of the PATIENT File
.133 EMAIL ADDRESS .13;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<3)!'(X?1.E1"@"1.E1"."1.E) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 2009
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the applicant's email address [3-50 characters]. The entry must include an '@'.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D 133^DGMTDD5
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.136
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.136 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.136 D ^DICR
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.136
    This cross reference will update the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time stamp each time this field is changed.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC133 (#802) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.133,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.133,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): EMAIL ADDRESS (2,.133) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AXENR13 (#715)
.134 PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] .13;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) N CTR,CHR,VAR S VAR=X F CTR=1:1:20 S CHR=$E(VAR,CTR) K:("1234567890 -()."'[CHR) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 23, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 4-20 characters in length, be numeric with only spaces, parenthesis, periods, and dashes for separators.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the telephone number [4-20 characters] to the applicant's mobile phone.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.139
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.139 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.139 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.139
    This cross reference will update the CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time stamp each time this field is changed.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC134 (#803) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.134,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.134,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] (2,.134) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AXENR13 (#715)
.135 PAGER NUMBER .13;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) N CTR,CHR,VAR S VAR=X F CTR=1:1:20 S CHR=$E(VAR,CTR) K:("1234567890 -()."'[CHR) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 2009
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 4-20 characters in length, be numeric with only spaces, parenthesis, periods, and dashes for separators.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the applicant's pager number [4-20 characters].
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Contains between 4 and 20 Free Text characters.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1312
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1312 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1312 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= #.1312
    This cross reference will update the PAGER NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM field with current date and time stamp each time this field is changed.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AXENR13 (#715)
.136 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM .13;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the date and time of the last EMAIL address update.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.137
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,7)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.137 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,7)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.137 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    FIELD)= #.137
    This cross reference will update the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE field (#.137).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1318
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1318 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1318 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's email address.
.137 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE .13;7 SET
  • 'HEC' FOR HEC;
  • 'VAMC' FOR VAMC;
  • 'HBSC' FOR HBSC;
  • 'VOA' FOR VOA;
  • 'VET360' FOR VET360;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 08, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the source of the EMAIL address change.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the source of the last EMAIL address change.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.138
    1)= X ^DD(2,.137,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.137,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.137,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC"
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.138 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.137,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="VAMC" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
    ^DD(2,.137,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.138 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE="VAMC"
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE CONDITION)= OLD EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURC="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE
    This cross-reference will trigger the population of the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE field with the appropriate station number if the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE equals "VAMC". The EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE field should be
    overwritten for cases where the site would be incorrect (i.e. uploading Z05 message).
.138 EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SITE .13;8 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please enter the site that last changed this patient's EMAIL address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the site that last changed this patient's EMAIL address. This field is only populated when the EMAIL Address Source is listed as VAMC.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the EMAIL ADDRESS CHANGE SOURCE field of the PATIENT File
.139 CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE DT/TM .13;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the date and time of the last Cellular number update.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1311
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1311 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="VAMC" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1311 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    DELETE VALUE)= S X="VAMC"
    FIELD)= #.1311
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.1319
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1319 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.13)):^(.13),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,19),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.13)),DIV=X S $P(^(.13),U,19)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.1319 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= CELLULAR NUMBER CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's cell phone number.
.14 CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS 0;14 POINTER TO MEANS TEST STATUS FILE (#408.32) MEANS TEST STATUS(#408.32)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field is computed by the system. It contains the current means test status for a patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is computed by the system. It contains the current means test status for a patient.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field is computed by the system. It is updated by a mumps cross-reference on the 'STATUS' field (#.03) in the Annual Means Test file (#408.31). The current means test status is based on the status of the last means
    test on file for the patient.
    UNEDITABLE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACS
    1)= S ^DPT("ACS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD14 (#814) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the field CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS (#.14) is modified.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.14,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.14,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS (2,.14) (forwards)
.141 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY .14;0 SET Multiple #2.141 2.141

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is a multiple valued field containing the confidential address categories for this applicant.
  • INDEXED BY:  CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY & CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY ACTIVE (ACEE141), CONFIDENTIAL CATEGORY ACTIVE (ADGFM1), CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY (ADGFMD01)
.14105 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ACTIVE? .141;9 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA I X="N" D CADD^DGLOCK3
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 29, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if you want to enter or edit confidential address data.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter 'Y' if you wish to enter a confidential address for this applicant at this time. A 'NO' response will cause the Confidential Start Date and Confidential End Date fields to be automatically deleted while other
    confidential address information will remain on file for future use.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR31^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.14105 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR4105^MUMPS
    1)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment. It is necessary to have this trigger in addition to the triggers on CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CATEGORY and CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM
    because of the order in which the fields are input.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1411 CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1] .141;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the applicant's confidential street address [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be prompted for the first line of the confidential street address. This field cannot be deleted as long as the need for a confidential address is
    indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR32^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.1411 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1411 (#237) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1411,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1411,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 1] (2,.1411) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.14111 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS COUNTY .141;11 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N Z0,DIC S Z0=+$P($G(^DPT(D0,.141)),"^",5) K:'Z0 X Q:'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC S X=+Y K:Y'>0 X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y Q:Y']"" N Z0 S Z0=$P($G(^DPT(D0,.141)),"^",5) Q:'Z0 S Y=$P($G(^DIC(5,Z0,1,Y,0)),"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 29, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a valid county for the applicant's confidential address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the county for the applicant's confidential address.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  N Z0,DIC S X="?",Z0=+$P($G(^DPT(D0,.141)),"^",5) Q:'$D(^DIC(5,Z0,1,0)) S DIC="^DIC(5,Z0,1,",DIC(0)="QEM" D ^DIC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR14111^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.14112 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM .141;12 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will hold the date and time of the last Confidential Address Update.
    Any change to the following Confidential Address fields will trigger an update: Confidential Street [Line 1], Confidential Street [Line 2], Confidential Street [Line 3], Confidential Address City, Confidential Address
    State, Confidential Address Zip Code, Confidential Start Date, Confidential End Date, Confidential Address Active?, Confidential Address County, Confidential Addr Province, Confidential Addr Postal Code, Confidential Addr
    Country and Confidential Phone Number
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR14112^MUMPS
    1)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= I $$EECONF^DGRPCTRG(DFN) D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.14113
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.14112,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14113 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,"")) X ^DD(2,.14112,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14113 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$GETSITE^DGMTU4($G(DUZ)) I X S X=$O(^DIC(4,"D",X,""))
    FIELD)= #.14113
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.14118
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14118 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.141)):^(.141),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.141)),DIV=X S $P(^(.141),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.14118 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's confidential address.
.14113 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE SITE .141;13 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 19, 2005
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the Site that last changed this patient's confidential address.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.14114 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR PROVINCE .141;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter a Province if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
    The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.14115 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR POSTAL CODE .141;15 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter with patient's postal code if the patient has provided one for his/her foreign address.
    The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.14116 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY .141;16 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the patient's address is located.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the country where the patient's confidential address is located.
    If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXCCNTRY (#795) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clears country specific fields when triggered
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address,
    this cross reference will clear the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR STATE, CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTY and CONFIDENTIAL ADDR ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic CONFIDENTIAL address, this cross reference will clear the CONFIDENTIAL PROVINCE and
    CONFIDENTIAL POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross reference.
    Set Logic: I ($T(EN^DGCNTRY)'="") D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"CONF",.14116)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDR COUNTRY (2,.14116) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.14117 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CASS IND .141;17 SET
  • 'Y' FOR CERTIFIED BY CASS;
  • 'F' FOR FAILED CASS CERTIFICATION;
  • 'NC' FOR NOT CHECKED AGAINST CASS;
  • 'PV' FOR PROCESSING;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 13, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the CASS status for the confidential address
  • DESCRIPTION:  The Confidential Addr CASS Indicator is used to determine whether the
    confidential address has been certified by CASS.
.14118 CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE USER .141;18 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's confidential address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's confidential address. It is automatically set when the confidential address is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the CONFIDENTIAL ADDR CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.14119 CONFIDENTIAL PHONE CHANGE USER .141;19 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user who has changed this patient's confidential phone number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who changed this patient's confidential phone number. It is automatically set when the confidential phone number is entered or edited.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the CONFIDENTIAL PHONE NUMBER field of the PATIENT File
.1412 CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] .141;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the second line of this applicant's confidential address [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be prompted for the second line of the confidential street address [2-30 characters]. The second line of the street address is optional and may be
    left blank.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR33^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.1412 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1412 (#238) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1412,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1412,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 2] (2,.1412) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1413 CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] .141;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the third line of this applicant's confidential street address [2-30 characters]
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be prompted for the third line of the confidential street address. The third line of the street address is optional and may be left blank.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1413 (#239) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1413,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1413,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL STREET [LINE 3] (2,.1413) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1414 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY .141;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city for the applicant's confidential address [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the confidential address city for this applicant [2-30 characters]. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a confidential address is
    indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1414 (#240) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1414,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1414,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CITY (2,.1414) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1415 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE .141;5 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3 Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 29, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the State for the applicant's confidential address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be asked to select the confidential address state from the available listing. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a confidential
    address is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1415 (#241) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1415,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1415,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS STATE (2,.1415) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1416 CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE .141;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3 I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 29, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either the 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, the user will be asked to enter the zip code assigned to the city for the confidential address. This field may not be deleted as long as the need for a
    confidential address is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1416 (#242) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1416,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1416,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS ZIP CODE (2,.1416) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1417 CONFIDENTIAL START DATE .141;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX",%DT(0)=DT D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K %DT(0) I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 01, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date to begin contacting the applicant at the confidential address. Date cannot be in the past.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the date to begin contacting the applicant at the confidential address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field contains an input transform which does a number of things. It validates the date entered, does not allow a date prior to the current date, and prevents changes to this field if the Confidential Address is
    flagged INACTIVE.
    Special note: the input transform sets %DT(0)=DT to validate the date entered. Because changes to this field will update the CONFIDENTIAL ADDRESS CHANGE DT/TM field, it is necessary to kill %DT(0) after the validation.
    This variable, if valued, can prevent EVENT^IVMPLOG from setting the transmit flag if only the Start and End dates are changed.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1417 (#243) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1417,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1417,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL START DATE (2,.1417) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.1418 CONFIDENTIAL END DATE .141;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D CAD^DGLOCK3 I $D(X),(X<$P(^DPT(DFN,.141),"^",7)) K X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 01, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the applicant will no longer be contacted at the confidential address. End date must be after start date.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the 'Confidential Address Active' prompt is answered YES, enter the date the applicant will no longer be contacted at this address.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D CADD1^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD1418 (#244) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1418,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.1418,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CONFIDENTIAL END DATE (2,.1418) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM2 (#604)
.152 INELIGIBLE DATE .15;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INEL^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 13, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The Ineligible Date cannot be prior to the beneficiary Date of Birth. Enter the date this patient was identified as being ineligible for treatment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  **DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. All edits must now be made in the VHA Enrollment System.**
    If this applicant is ineligible for treatment enter the effective date. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. The Ineligible Date cannot be prior to the beneficiary Date of Birth.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  IPT
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.091
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIU_"**INELIGIBLE**" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV X ^DD(2,.152,1,1,59.2) S X=$P(Y(4),Y(5),Y(6),X) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X_Y X ^DD(2,.152,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DICR
    59.2)= S X=DIU,Y(1)=$G(X) S X="**INELIGIBLE**",Y(2)=$G(X) S X=1,X=$P(Y(1),Y(2),X),Y(3)=$G(X) S X=DIU,Y(4)=$G(X) S X="**INELIGIBLE**",Y(5)=$G(X) S X=2,Y(6)=$G(X) S X=99
    CREATE VALUE)= REMARKS_"**INELIGIBLE**"
    DELETE VALUE)= $P(REMARKS,"**INELIGIBLE**",1)_$P(REMARKS,"**INELIGIBLE**",2,99)
    FIELD)= REMARKS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR152^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA,2)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR7^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.152 D ^DGDDC Q
.153 MISSING PERSON DATE .15;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient was identified as being a missing person.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the date this patient was initially listed as missing.
  • GROUP:  MPT
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR8^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.153 D ^DGDDC Q
.16 MISSING OR INELIGIBLE .16;0 WORD-PROCESSING #2.16

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is a word processing field to contain information on the patient's ineligibility or information about this missing patient.
  • GROUP:  MPT
.1651 INELIGIBLE TWX SOURCE INE;1 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • '1' FOR VAMC;
  • '2' FOR REGIONAL OFFICE;
  • '3' FOR RPC;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The source of the TWX which informed you this patient is ineligible for treatment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. The field remains for historical data only.*
    Choose from the available listing the source of the TWX which informed you that this applicant was ineligible for treatment. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold
    the designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  IPT
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.1653 INELIGIBLE TWX CITY INE;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The city from which the TWX informing you of this patients ineligibility originated [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. The field remains for historical data only.*
    Enter the city from which the TWX which informed you this applicant was ineligible for treatment originated [3-30 characters]. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold
    the designated security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  IPT
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.1654 INELIGIBLE TWX STATE INE;4 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The state from which the TWX informing you of this patients ineligiblity originated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. The field remains for historical data only.*
    Enter the state from which the TWX which informed you this applicant was ineligible for treatment originated. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold the designated
    security key. This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  IPT
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.1656 INELIGIBLE VARO DECISION INE;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>75!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INE^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The decision made by the VARO concerning this patient's ineligibility [3-75 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  *The need to collect data in this field is obsolete. DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. The field remains for historical data only.*
    Enter the VARO decision concerning this applicant's ineligibility [between 3-75 characters]. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold the designated security key. This
    field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D INED^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  IPT
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1656^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.1657 MISSING PERSON TWX SOURCE INE;7 SET
  • '1' FOR VAMC;
  • '2' FOR REGIONAL OFFICE;
  • '3' FOR RPC;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 27, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The location from which the TWX originated advising you that this patient was missing.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient is missing, enter the source of the TWX that originally listed the patient as missing.
  • GROUP:  MPT
.1658 MISSING PERSON TWX CITY INE;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 27, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 3-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient is missing, enter the city where the TWX reporting the patient as missing was originated.
  • GROUP:  MPT
.1659 MISSING PERSON TWX STATE INE;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 27, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The state from which the TWX informing you this patient was missing originated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient is missing, enter the state where the TWX reporting the patient as missing was originated.
  • GROUP:  MPT
.172 FEE HOSPITAL I.D. .17;2 SET
  • 'I' FOR ISSUED;
  • 'C' FOR CANCELLED;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 26, 1993
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is not used by any DHCP packages and has been *'d for deletion with the release of MAS v5.2. It will be removed in a future release of MAS.
.181 EMERGENCY RESPONSE INDICATOR .18;1 SET
  • 'P' FOR PANDEMIC;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 27, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the appropriate ER Indicator to identify patients impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the appropriate ER Indicator to identify patients impacted by the COVID-19 Pandemic.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AERI
    1)= S ^DPT("AERI",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AERI",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR181^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.182 HISTORIC KATRINA ERI KATR;1 SET
  • 'K' FOR HURRICANE KATRINA;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 01, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the appropriate ER Indicator to identify patients from impacted zip code areas designated by FEMA.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the historic Hurricane Katrina Emergency Response Indicator for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^KATRI
    1)= S ^DPT("KATRI",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("KATRI",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    KATRI cross reference is used for look up of historic Hurricane Katrina Emergency Response Indicator patients.
.19 DIVISION COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(2,.19,9.2) S Y(2,.19,101)=$S($D(^DIC(42,D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DG(40.8,+$P(Y(2,.19,101),U,11),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0)
    9.2 = S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),Y(2,.19,1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.1)):^(.1),1:"") S X=$E(Y(2,.19,1),1,19) K DIC S DIC="^DIC(42,",DIC(0)="NMF" D ^DIC S D0=+Y
  • ALGORITHM:  WARD LOCATION:WARD LOCATION:DIVISION
  • HELP-PROMPT:  A computed field which determines the current division to which this inpatient is assigned.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Division of inpatient location
.2101 K2-COUNTRY .211;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the secondary NOK address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the country where the secondary NOK address is located.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXK2CTNRY (#779) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear Secondary NOK Addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field K2-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address, this cross
    reference will clear the K2-STATE, and K2-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address, this cross reference will clear the K2-PROVINCE and K2-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by
    this cross reference.
    Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"NOK2",.2101)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): K2-COUNTRY (2,.2101) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.21011 K-WORK PHONE NUMBER .21;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2010
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the next of kin's work phone number. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the person designated as next of kin for this patient is employed, enter the phone number at which the NOK can be reached while at work.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.21012 PRIMARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME .212;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 16, 2005
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will hold the date and time of the last Primary Next of Kin Update.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR21012^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.2102 K2-PROVINCE .211;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a Province if the secondary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2103 K2-POSTAL CODE .211;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a postal code if the secondary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2104 K2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .211;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) PATIENT CONTACT RELATION(#12.11)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 05, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the relationship of the secondary NOK to the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary next-of-kin is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
  • EXPLANATION:  Enter active relation types only.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.211 K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK .21;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 11, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the primary next of kin's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma. All
    other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.211 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC211^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".211;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".211;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU211^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM211 (#590) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.211.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.211 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.211,.DG20NAME,1.02,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,2),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.211,1.02) Q
    X(1): K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK (2,.211) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.211011 K2-WORK PHONE NUMBER .211;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2010
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the work phone for the secondary next of kin. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the person designated as secondary next of kin for this patient is employed, enter the phone number that individual can be reached at while at work.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.211012 SECONDARY NOK CHANGE DATE/TIME .212;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 26, 2010
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will hold the date and time of the last Secondary Next of Kin Update.
    Any change to the following Secondary Next of Kin fields will trigger an update: K2-Name Of Secondary NOK, K2-Relationship To Patient, K2-Street Address [Line 1], K2-Street Address [Line 2], K2-Street Address [Line 3],
    K2-City, K2-State, K2-Zip Code, K2-Phone Number, K2-Address Same As Patient's? and K2-Work Phone Number
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR211012^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.212 K-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .21;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter any notes related to the relationship of the primary NOK to the patient [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship of that person to the applicant [1-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU212^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.2125 K-ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S? .21;10 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X),X="Y" S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if primary NOK address/phone number same as patients otherwise enter 'N'.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter 'Y' if the next-of-kin should be contacted at the same address and phone number as the applicant, otherwise enter 'N'.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.213 K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .21;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 20, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the primary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR14^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.213 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU213^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.214 K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .21;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 21, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the second line of the primary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name
    is on file.
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR15^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.214 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU214^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.215 K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .21;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the third line of the primary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is
    on file.
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.216 K-CITY .21;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 21, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which the primary NOK resides [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU216^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.217 K-STATE .21;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 21, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the state in which the primary NOK resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU217^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.218 K-ZIP CODE .21;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the 5-digit zip code where the primary NOK resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter the zip code [5 numerics] in which his/her city lies, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ANK1ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2207,.22,7,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2207,.22,7,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.219 K-PHONE NUMBER .21;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2010
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the phone number of the primary NOK [4-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified enter that person's telephone number [4-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC219^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".219;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".219;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU219^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.2191 K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK .211;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME I $D(X) D K1^DGLOCK2
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 35
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the secondary next of kin's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma. All
    other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR1^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.2191 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM2191 (#591) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2191.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.2191 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2191,.DG20NAME,1.03,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,3),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2191,1.03) Q
    X(1): K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK (2,.2191) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2192 K2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .211;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter any notes related to the relationship of the secondary NOK to the patient [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary next-of-kin is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship of that person to the applicant [1-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.21925 K2-ADDRESS SAME AS PATIENT'S? .211;10 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X),X="Y" D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the secondary NOK address/phone number is the same as the patients otherwise enter 'N'.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter 'Y' if the secondary NOK should be contacted at the same address and phone number as the applicant, otherwise enter 'N'.
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2193 K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .211;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the secondary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR16^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.2193 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2194 K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .211;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the second line of the secondary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR17^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.2194 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2195 K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .211;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the third line of the secondary NOK's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2196 K2-CITY .211;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which the secondary NOK resides [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2197 K2-STATE .211;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the state in which the secondary NOK resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2198 K2-ZIP CODE .211;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the 5-digit zip code of the residence of the secondary NOK.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified enter the zip code for the city in which that person resides [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ANK2ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2203,.22,3,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2203,.22,3,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2199 K2-PHONE NUMBER .211;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the phone number of the secondary NOK [3-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary NOK is specified enter the telephone number at which that person may be reached [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary NOK is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2201 E-ZIP+4 .22;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the Emergency Contact Address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other Emergency Contact address fields. This field 'triggers' the E-ZIP CODE (#.338) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEC1ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.338,.33,8,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.338,.33,8,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.2202 D-ZIP+4 .22;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the designee for personal effects' address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other Designee address fields. This field 'triggers' the D- ZIP CODE (#.348) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AD1ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.348,.34,8,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.348,.34,8,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.2203 K2-ZIP+4 .22;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K2^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the secondary next-of-kin's address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other secondary next-of-kin address fields. This field 'triggers' the K2-ZIP CODE (#.2198) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ANK2ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2198,.211,8,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2198,.211,8,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM4 (#606)
.2204 E2-ZIP+4 .22;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the secondary emergency contact's address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other secondary emergency address fields. This field 'triggers' the E2-ZIP CODE (#.3318) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEC2ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.3318,.331,8,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.3318,.331,8,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.2205 EMPLOYER ZIP+4 .22;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the patient employer's address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other patient employer address fields. This field 'triggers' the EMPLOYER ZIP CODE (#.3118) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEM1ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.3118,.311,8,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.3118,.311,8,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
.2206 SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP+4 .22;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the spouse's employer's address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other spouse's employer address fields. This field 'triggers' the SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP CODE (#.257) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ASP1ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.257,.25,7,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.257,.25,7,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
.2207 K-ZIP+4 .22;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2 I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 22, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789). This is related to the primary emergency contact's address.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other primary emergency contact address fields. This field 'triggers' the K-ZIP CODE (#.218) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  NK1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ANK1ZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.218,.21,8,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.218,.21,8,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.221 K-COUNTRY .21;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the primary NOK address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the country where the primary NOK address is located.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXKCTNRY (#780) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear Primary NOK Addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field K-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address, this cross reference
    will clear the K-STATE, and K-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address, this cross reference will clear the K-PROVINCE and K-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross
    reference.
    Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"NOK",.221)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): K-COUNTRY (2,.221) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.222 K-PROVINCE .21;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a Province if the primary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.223 K-POSTAL CODE .21;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a postal code if the primary NOK has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.224 K-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .21;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) PATIENT CONTACT RELATION(#12.11)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 06, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the relationship of the primary NOK to the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary next-of-kin is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a 'next of kin' name is on file.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
  • EXPLANATION:  Enter active relation types only.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D K1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM3 (#605)
.2401 FATHER'S NAME .24;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 11, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the father's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma. All other characters
    and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM2401 (#592) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2401.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.2401 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2401,.DG20NAME,1.04,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,4),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2401,1.04) Q
    X(1): FATHER'S NAME (2,.2401) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
.2402 MOTHER'S NAME .24;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 11, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the mother's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma. All other characters
    and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM2402 (#593) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2402.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.2402 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2402,.DG20NAME,1.05,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,5),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2402,1.05) Q
    X(1): MOTHER'S NAME (2,.2402) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
.2403 MOTHER'S MAIDEN NAME .24;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35,,2,,1) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 11, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the mother's maiden name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. Entry of the LAST name only is permitted and the comma may be omitted. If the response contains no comma, one will be appended to the value. Including
    the comma, the value must be at least 3 characters in length.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC2403^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".2403;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".2403;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM2403 (#594) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.2403.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.2403 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2403,.DG20NAME,1.06,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,6),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.2403,1.06) Q
    X(1): MOTHER'S MAIDEN NAME (2,.2403) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
.2405 PREFERRED NAME .24;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S X=$$TRIM^XLFSTR(X) K:$L(X)>25!($L(X)<1)!($TR(X," ","")?.E1NP.E) X I $D(X) S X=$$UP^XLFSTR(X)
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 25
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 27, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Preferred Name (1-25 alphabetic characters and/or spaces) for how the patient would like to be addressed at the facility. Vulgarities and offensive language are NOT appropriate responses.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The PREFERRED NAME field identifies the name that the patient would prefer to be referenced by during interactions at the medical facility. Only alphabetic characters and/or spaces are allowed to be entered. The PREFERRED
    NAME value will be converted/stored as uppercase. Note: Vulgarities and other offensive language such as curse and/or
    sexual words are NOT appropriate responses. Note: Examples of Preferred Name for a patient could include their rank
    (Ie. Private LastName), a nickname, etc...
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  N DPTX S DPTX="The response must be 1-25 characters in length and may contain only alphabetical characters and spaces." D EN^DDIOL(DPTX),EN^DDIOL(" ")
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= W !,*7,"The Preferred Name cannot be deleted by the VistA user. The Patient's First Name may be entered as the Preferred Name." K X
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC2405 (#1435) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.2405,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.2405,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PREFERRED NAME (2,.2405) (forwards)
.2406 PRONOUN .2406;0 POINTER Multiple #2.2406 2.2406

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The Pronoun(s) identify how the patient should be addressed.
  • INDEXED BY:  PRONOUN (AVAFC2240601)
.24061 PRONOUN DESCRIPTION .241;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>255!($L(X)<3) X
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 255
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the description (3-255 characters) of the 'Other' Pronoun for specifically addressing the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The PRONOUN DESCRIPTION field defines the selected 'Other' Pronoun for specifically addressing the patient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC24061 (#1612) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.24061,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.24061,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PRONOUN DESCRIPTION (2,.24061) (forwards)
.251 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER NAME .25;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MAR^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 25, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of this spouse's employer [3-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this married applicant (marital status must be married) enter the name of his/her spouse's employer [3-20 characters].
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR2^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.251 D ^DGDDC Q
.2514 SPOUSE'S OCCUPATION .25;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 10, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the spouse's current occupation. Answer must be 3-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient's spouse is currently employed, enter the spouse's occupation here. Otherwise, leave this field blank.
.2515 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS .25;15 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • '1' FOR EMPLOYED FULL TIME;
  • '2' FOR EMPLOYED PART TIME;
  • '3' FOR NOT EMPLOYED;
  • '4' FOR SELF EMPLYED;
  • '5' FOR RETIRED;
  • '6' FOR ACTIVE MILITARY DUTY;
  • '9' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 30, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the current employment status for this patient's spouse.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Choose from the available list the choice that most correctly indicates the current employment status for this patient's spouse.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.251
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^") I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.2515,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)):^(.25),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.251 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^") I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.2515,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)):^(.25),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.251 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^")
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[("^"_$P(^DPT(DA,.25),"^",15)_"^")
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER NAME
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.2516
    1)= X ^DD(2,.2515,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.2516 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.2515,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="RETIRED"
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.25)):^(.25),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.25)),DIV=X S $P(^(.25),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.2516 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS'="RETIRED"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= SPOUSE'S RETIREMENT DATE
.2516 SPOUSE'S RETIREMENT DATE .25;16 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X K:(+$P(^DPT(DA,0),"^",3)>Y) X K:(+$P($G(^DPT(DA,.25)),"^",15)'=5) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 26, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this veteran applicant's spouse, enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment. A date may only be entered if the spouse is RETIRED.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant's spouse, enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  The Input Transform prevents entry of a Spouse Date of Retirement earlier than the Veteran s Date of Birth or later than the current date (i.e.: future retirement dates and retirement dates prior to Veteran's birthdate are
    not be permitted).
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SPOUSE'S EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
.252 SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 1] .25;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the spouse's employers address [3-35 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the first line of the spouse's employer's street address [3-35 characters, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as
    long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR18^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.252 D ^DGDDC Q
.253 SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 2] .25;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the second line of the spouse's employers address [3-35 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the second line of the spouse's employer's street address [3-35 characters, if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be
    deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR19^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.253 D ^DGDDC Q
.254 SPOUSE'S EMP STREET [LINE 3] .25;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the third line of the spouse's employers address [3-35 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the third line of the spouse's employer's street address [3-35 characters, if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be
    deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.255 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER'S CITY .25;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which the spouse is employed [2-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered enter the spouse's employer city [2-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's employer's
    name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.256 SPOUSE'S EMPLOYER'S STATE .25;6 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the state in which the spouse is employed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If applicant is married and a spouse's employer name has been entered select from the available listing the spouse's employer's state. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.257 SPOUSE'S EMP ZIP CODE .25;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the 5-digit zip code of the spouse's place of employment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If applicant is married and spouse's employer name has been entered enter the spouse's employer zip code [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's employer's name
    is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SED^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ASP1ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2206,.22,6,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2206,.22,6,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
.258 SPOUSE'S EMP PHONE NUMBER .25;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SE^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the spouse's employment telephone number [4-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If applicant is married and spouse's employer name has been entered enter the spouse's employer telephone number [4-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field may not be deleted as long as a spouse's
    employer's name is on file.
  • GROUP:  SP1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.290012 ZIP+4 (CIVIL) .291;12 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 13, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the zip code of the address where the person responsible for handling this patient's funds resides. Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or 123456789).
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other address fields for the person responsible for handling this patient's funds. This field 'triggers' the ZIP (CIVIL) (#.2928) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACIVZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2928,.291,10,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2928,.291,10,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
.29013 ZIP+4 (VA) .29;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<5) X I $D(X) D ZIPIN^VAFADDR
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D ZIPOUT^VAFADDR
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 13, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer with either 5 digit or 9 digit zip code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this patient has a VA guardian responsible for handling the patient's funds, enter the guardian's zip code here. Answer with either the 5 digit format (e.g. 12345) or the nine digit format (e.g. 12345-6789 or
    123456789).
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Related to other address fields for the VA guardian. This field 'triggers' the ZIP (VA) (#.2918) field, using the first 5 digits of this field.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAZIP4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2918,.29,10,$E(X,1,5))
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2918,.29,10,$E(X,1,5))
    This sets the corresponding zip code field to the first 5 digits of this field.
.291 DATE RULED INCOMPETENT (VA) .29;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INCOM^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 22, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient was ruled incompetent to handle his VA funds. The Date Ruled Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date this patient was ruled to be incompetent to handle his VA funds. The Date Ruled Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.2911 INSTITUTION (VA) .29;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 14, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the VA facility or institution responsible for this patient's VA funds.
.2912 GUARDIAN (VA) .29;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 14, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the name of the VA representative responsible for this patient's funds.
.2913 RELATIONSHIP (VA) .29;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the relationship to the patient of the VA representative responsible for handling this patient's funds.
.2914 STREET ADDRESS 1 (VA) .29;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the first line of the street address of the VA representative responsible for handling this patient's funds.
.2915 STREET ADDRESS 2 (VA) .29;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the second line of the street address of the VA representative responsible for handling this patient's funds.
.2916 CITY (VA) .29;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the city in which the person reponsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
.2917 STATE (VA) .29;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 14, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the state in which the person responsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
.2918 ZIP (VA) .29;10 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 5 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient has a VA guardian responsible for handling the patient's funds, enter the guardian's zip code here.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.29013,.29,13,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.29013,.29,13,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
.2919 PHONE (VA) .29;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 14, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 3-20 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient has a VA guardian responsible for handling the patient's funds, enter the guardian's phone number here.
.292 DATE RULED INCOMPETENT (CIVIL) .29;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D INCOM2^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 04, 2009
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date ruled incompetent. The Date Ruled Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient was ruled incompetent to handle his funds, enter the date he was ruled incompetent. The Date Ruled Incompetent cannot be after the Date of Death.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.2921 INSTITUTION (CIVIL) .291;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his financial matters, enter the instituition reponsible for handling the funds on the patient's behalf.
.2922 GUARDIAN (CIVIL) .291;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his financial matters, enter the name of the individual responsible for handling the funds on the patient's behalf.
.2923 RELATIONSHIP (CIVIL) .291;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his financial funds, and someone else is responsible for handling the funds, enter the relationship of that person to the patient.
.2924 STREET ADDRESS 1 (CIVIL) .291;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the first line of the street address of the person responsible for handling this patient's funds.
.2925 STREET ADDRESS 2 (CIVIL) .291;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the second line of the street address of the person responsible for handling this patient's funds.
.2926 CITY (CIVIL) .291;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 2-30 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the city in which the person responsible for this patient's funds resides.
.2927 STATE (CIVIL) .291;9 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the state in which the person responsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
.2928 ZIP (CIVIL) .291;10 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 5 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the zip code of the address where the person responsible for handling this patient's funds resides.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACIVZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.290012,.291,12,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.290012,.291,12,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
.2929 PHONE (CIVIL) .291;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  ANSWER MUST BE 3-20 CHARACTERS IN LENGTH
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient has been ruled incompetant to handle his money and another person has been assigned to handle the patient's financial matters, enter that person's phone number here.
.293 RATED INCOMPETENT? .29;12 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 05, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Used by A.M.I.E, may differ from the Date ruled incompetent
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field was originated for the use of AMIE (Automated Medical Information Exchange). One will receive from DVB the information on whether the patient was rated incompetent by the VA. This may differ from the date rated
    incompetent field in the patient file.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR293^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.301 SERVICE CONNECTED? .3;1 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I $D(X),X="Y" D VET^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 11, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient is service connected, 'N' if not.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter 'Y' if this applicant is service connected, 'N' if not. Applicants identified as being non-veterans cannot be entered as service connected. Once eligibility has been verified only users holding the designated
    security key may enter/edit this field.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the VETERAN (Y/N)? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.302
    1)= X ^DD(2,.301,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.301,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.301,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.3)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.302 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.301="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.302
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3012
    1)= X ^DD(2,.301,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.301,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.301,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.3),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3012 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.301="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.3012
    This will delete the SC AWARD DATE (#.3012) field when the SERVICE CONNECTED? field is changed to NO.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR301^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC301^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".301;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".301;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU301^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.3012 SC AWARD DATE .3;12 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X N DFN S DFN=DA D SC^DGLOCK1
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which Service Connection is effective based on VBA decision. This can be obtained from either HINQ or the award letter.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the effective date of service connection, based on the VBA decision. This can be obtained either through HINQ or the award letter.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field is dependent on the SERVICE CONNECTED? field (#.301). Changing the SERVICE CONNECTED? response from YES to NO will delete this field. No entry to this field is allowed if SERVICE CONNECTED? is not answered
    YES.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE CONNECTED? field of the PATIENT File
.3013 P&T EFFECTIVE DATE .3;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1!(DT
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 16, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Effective Date the patient was awarded P&T disability status by VARO. This date is optional, but cannot be in the future, before DOB or after DOD
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the Effective Date the patient was awarded P&T disability status by VARO. This field is optional (not required). But if entered, the date needs to be a precise date, i.e. a day, month and year MUST be included.
    P&T Effective Date can not be a date prior to the Veteran's 'Date of Birth', a future date, or a date after the Veteran's 'Date of Death'.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the P&T field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3013^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3014 EFF. DATE COMBINED SC% EVAL. .3;14 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1!(Y>DT) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 14, 2005
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Data will be filed automatically from HL7 message from the HEC. This is the date that the combined Service Connected Disability % was awarded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.302 SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE .3;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK Q:'$D(X) K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DA,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,1)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Only applies to service-connected applicants." K X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 09, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this service connected applicant enter the percentage of service connection between 0 and 100%.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this applicant is service connected (SERVICE CONNECTED prompt must be answered YES) enter the service connected percentage [a number between 0-100]. Once eligibility has been verified only users who hold the designated
    security key may enter/edit this field. Field may not be deleted as long as service connection is indicated.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK Q:'$D(X) I $D(^DPT(DFN,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,1)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Service Connected Applicant...CAN'T DELETE!!" K X
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE CONNECTED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ASCP^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR302^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AR^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= Q
    3)= DO NOT DELETE!
    This MUMPS cross-reference is needed to determine whether a change in service connected percentage requires that a means test be done.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC302^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".302;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".302;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU302^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.3025 RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? .3;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),X="Y" D EC^DGLOCK1
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 07, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if receiving a VA Disability, 'N' if not.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is in receipt of a disability payment, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit
    this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.303
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3025,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.3)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.303 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))
    >0
    2)= X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,1,2.4)
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3025,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.3)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.303 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))
    >0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3025="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.3025=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.303
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3025,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.36295
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3025^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.303 AMOUNT OF VA DISABILITY .3;3 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) X ^DD(2,.303,9.3)
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,11)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'RECEIPT OF DISABILITY PAYMENT' prompt NO." K X
    9.3 = X ^DD(2,.303,9.4) I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DFN,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,11)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Receipt of Disability payment not indicated." K X Q
    9.4 = I $D(^DPT(DFN,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,4)]"" W !?4,*7,"Already receiving VA Pension monies...Can't receive both..." K X Q
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If in receipt of VA Disability, enter the dollar amount awarded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who is in receipt of disability payment (RECEIPT OF DISABILITY PAYMENT prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are verified only
    users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. Any dollar amomount on file cannot be deleted as long as receipt of disability payment is indicated.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.303,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? field of the PATIENT File
.304 P&T .3;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV2^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 12, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient permanently and totally disabled due to an SC condition?
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will contain YES if the patient is determined to be permanently and totally disabled by VARO due to a service connected condition.
    Answering "YES" will prompt you to enter a P&T Effective Date.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR304^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3013
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.304,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="Y" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X
    ^DD(2,.304,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3013 D ^DICR
    2)= X ^DD(2,.304,1,2,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3013 D ^DICR
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.304,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,4)_":",2),$C(59))'="Y"
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.304'="Y"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.304'="Y"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= P&T EFFECTIVE DATE
    This cross reference will delete the P&T Effective date field (#.3103) if the P&T field is not YES.
.305 UNEMPLOYABLE .3;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 17, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient unemployable due to an SC condition as rated by VARO?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Is this patient rated unemployable by the VARO due to a service connected condition?
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR305^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AT^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if appropriate.
.306 MONETARY BEN. VERIFY DATE .3;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which monetary benefits were verified to be accurate.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Once monetary benefits, and amounts, are verified enter the date of verification. All monetary benefits data fields will become uneditable to any user who does not hold the designated security key once the benefits are
    verified. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.307 INELIGIBLE REASON .3;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 13, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the reason this patient is considered to be ineligible for treatment NTE 40 characters.
  • DESCRIPTION:  **DG*5.3*1081 removed the ability to edit this field. All edits must now be made in the VHA Enrollment System.**
    If this applicant is ineligible for treatment enter the reason [not to exceed 40 characters]. An ineligible date must be specified in order to enter/edit this field and the user must hold the designated security key.
    This field may not be deleted as long as an ineligible date is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  IPT
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR307^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.309 AGENCY/ALLIED COUNTRY .3;9 POINTER TO OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY FILE (#35) OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY(#35)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D AAC^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 07, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If applicable, enter the federal agency or allied country associated with this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this applicant whose eligibility code is either 'OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY' or 'ALLIED VETERAN' select from the available listing the federal agency or allied country, as appropriate, which best classifies this applicant.
  • SCREEN:  S %Z1=$S($D(^DPT(DA,.31)):+$P(^(0),U,1),1:""),%Z=$S('$D(^("VET")):"",^("VET")="N"&(%Z1=4):"A",%Z="Y"&(%Z1=5):"C",1:""),DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,4)=%Z"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen selections by eligibility code
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.31 *CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY .3;10 POINTER TO CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY FILE (#45.82) CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY(#45.82)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D CAT^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 16, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the category of benificiary for this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is no longer used by the MAS package. It was previously updated via a cross-reference on the CATEGORY OF BENEFICIARY field in the PTF file. In a prior release of MAS, the use of category of beneficiary was
    discontinued and period of service is now solely used. In a future release of MAS, this field will be removed along with the ACB cross-reference on the PATIENT file and the cross-reference in the PTF file which sets this
    data.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACB
    1)= S ^DPT("ACB",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACB",$E(X,1,30),DA)
.3111 EMPLOYER NAME .311;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D EM^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 30, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of this patient's employer [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If employment status is indicated and is not unemployed enter the employer name [1-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered.
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR3^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3111 D ^DGDDC Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3111^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.31115 EMPLOYMENT STATUS .311;15 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • '1' FOR EMPLOYED FULL TIME;
  • '2' FOR EMPLOYED PART TIME;
  • '3' FOR NOT EMPLOYED;
  • '4' FOR SELF EMPLOYED;
  • '5' FOR RETIRED;
  • '6' FOR ACTIVE MILITARY DUTY;
  • '9' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 02, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter this patient's current employment status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the patient's current employment status. Choose from the available choices.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  PEMP
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.31116
    1)= X ^DD(2,.31115,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)),DIV=X S $P(^(.311),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.31116 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.31115,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="RETIRED"
    2)= X ^DD(2,.31115,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)),DIV=X S $P(^(.311),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.31116 D ^DICR
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.31115,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_X_":",2),$C(59))="RETIRED"
    CREATE CONDITION)= EMPLOYMENT STATUS'="RETIRED"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= OLD EMPLOYMENT STATUS="RETIRED"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= DATE OF RETIREMENT
    This trigger Cross Reference will remove the DATE OF RETIREMENT value when the EMPLOYMENT STATUS changes from RETIRED to any other status.
    When the EMPLOYMENT STATUS changes from anything other than RETIRED, no change should be made to the DATE OF RETIREMENT.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3111
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.31115,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)):^(.311),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.311)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3111 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.311)):^(.311),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.31115,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.311)):^(.311),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.311)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3111 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15)
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= I "^3^9^"[$P(^DPT(DA,.311),U,15)
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= EMPLOYER NAME
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC31115^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".31115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".31115;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR31115^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.31116 DATE OF RETIREMENT .311;16 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X K:(+$P(^DPT(DA,0),"^",3)>Y) X K:(+$P($G(^DPT(DA,.311)),"^",15)'=5) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 26, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this veteran applicant enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment. A date may only be entered if the veteran is RETIRED.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant, enter the date s/he retired from her/his place of employment.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  The Input Transform for the DATE OF RETIREMENT compares the date entered to the Patient's DATE OF BIRTH. If the DATE OF BIRTH is later than the DATE OF RETIREMENT, the entered date is not accepted for the DATE OF
    RETIREMENT.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the EMPLOYMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT File
.3112 GOVERNMENT AGENCY .311;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X),X="Y" S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient is employed by a government agency, 'N' if not.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient is currently employed by a government agency, respond yes to this question. If the patient is employed by the private sector or currently is unemployed, respond no.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3113 EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 1] .311;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the employer's address [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the first line of the employer street address [1-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be
    deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR20^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3113 D ^DGDDC Q
.3114 EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 2] .311;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the second line of the employer's address [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the second line of the employer street address [1-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This
    field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR21^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3114 D ^DGDDC Q
.3115 EMPLOYER STREET [LINE 3] .311;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If necessary, enter the third line of the employer's address [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the third line of the employer street address [1-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This
    field cannot be deleted as long as an employer name is on file.
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3116 EMPLOYER CITY .311;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which this patient is employed [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the employer city [1-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as an
    employer name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3117 EMPLOYER STATE .311;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the state in which this patient is employed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered select from the available listing the employer state, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
    as an employer name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3118 EMPLOYER ZIP CODE .311;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the 5-digit zip code for this patient's place of employment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the employer zip code [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as an
    employer name is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EMD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEM1ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2205,.22,5,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2205,.22,5,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
.3119 EMPLOYER PHONE NUMBER .311;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EM1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter this patient's employment telephone number [3-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the employer telephone number [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
    as an employer name is on file.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  If employment status is indicated, applicant is not unemployed and an employer name is entered enter the employer telephone number [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long
    as an employer name is on file.
  • GROUP:  EM1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.312 *CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION .31;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 13, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the location of this patient's VA claim folder [2-40 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter, if applicable, the location of his/her VA claim folder [2-40 characters].
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR312^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3121 INSURANCE TYPE .312;0 POINTER Multiple #2.312 2.312

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing available the type of insurance under which this patient is covered.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    From the available listing enter the type of insurance under which this applicant is covered regardless of who holds the policy.
  • GROUP:  II
  • IDENTIFIED BY:  
.313 CLAIM NUMBER .31;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L S:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>9 X Q:'$D(X) I X'=L K:$L(X)>8!($L(X)<7)!'(X?.N) X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y=$E(Y,1,10)
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 09, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter this patient's claim number as 7-8 numerics or enter SS if the claim number is the same as his/her SSN. Pseudo SSNs are not allowed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If the applicant is a veteran enter his/her claim number as 7-8 numerics or by entering the characters 'SS' if his/her claim number is the same as his/her social security number. Once eligibility has been verified only
    users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC313^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".313;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".313;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR313^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.314 CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION .31;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$CFLTF^DGREGDD(Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 12, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the location of the patient's claim folder.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the location of the patient's claim folder. It must be an entry in the INSTITUTION File. Valid facility types: RO (Regional Office) RO&IC (Regional Office and Insurance Center) RO-OC
    (Regional Office - Outpatient Clinic) RPC (Record Processing Center) M&ROC (Medical and Regional Office Center) M&ROC (M&RO) (Medical and Regional Office Center)
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This is a pointer to the INSTITUTION File (#4).
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$CFLTF^DGREGDD(Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Only allow active sites with station # and valid facility type
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACFL4^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD(DA,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD(DA)
    This sets the *CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION field to be the station number concatenated with the name of the institution.
.3192 COVERED BY HEALTH INSURANCE? .31;11 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 20, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient is covered by health insurance, 'N' if not.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter 'Y' if this applicant is covered by a health insurance policy regardless of who holds policy (applicant, spouse, employer, etc.), 'N' if s/he isn't covered by any policy, or 'U' if unknown.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  DEVELOPERS, as long as there is a cross-reference calling the EVENT^IVMPLOG tag associated with this field, contact the Enrollment System (ES) leadership if your patch modification will result in mass updates to this field
    upon installation.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  II
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3192^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.32101 VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? .321;1 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient served in Vietnam, 'N' if not, 'U' if unknown.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he actually served in the Republic of Vietnam, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once the service record has been verified only users who hold the designated security key may
    enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  VN
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32104
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32101,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32101,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32101,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,3,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,5,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,4),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,3)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.32104 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32101="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32104
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32105
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32101,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32101,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32101,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.32105 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32101="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32105
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32101^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? field.
.32102 AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? .321;2 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient claims exposure to agent orange, 'N' if not, 'U' if unknown.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he was exposed to the chemical agent orange, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown.
    Exposure can be claimed by those serving in the KOREAN DMZ between January 1, 1968 and December 31, 1969; or served in country in Vietnam or the offshore waters of Vietnam during Jan 9, 1962 to May 7, 1975.
    When Consistency Check # 25 is active (AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE INDICATED WITHOUT VIETNAM ERA PERIOD OF SERVICE), exposure cannot be claimed unless the Period of Service (#.323) field in the Patient (#2) file is answered
    VIETNAM ERA, which entails those serving in the Korean DMZ between January 1, 1968 and December 31, 1969 or served in country in Vietnam or the offshore waters of Vietnam during Jan 9, 1962 to May 7, 1975.
    Once eligibility is verified in VES only VES users with edit capability may enter/edit this field.
  • GROUP:  AO
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32107
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X
    ="" X ^DD(2,.32102,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,7)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32107 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32107
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3211
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32102,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3211 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO"
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.3211
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32109
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X
    ="" X ^DD(2,.32102,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32109 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32109
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32102^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3213
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32102,1,5,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)),DIV=X S $P(^(.321),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3213 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32102,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32102="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.3213
.32103 RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED? .321;3 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED associated with the enrollment priority determination
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter 'Y' if the veteran was exposed to ionizing radiation:
    2) Nagasaki/Hiroshima - Veteran was exposed to ionizing radiation as a POW or while serving in Hiroshima and/or Nagasaki, Japan from August 6, 1945 through July 1, 1946.
    3) Atmospheric Nuclear Testing - exposure occurred at an atmospheric nuclear device test site (e.g. the Pacific Islands, NM or NV).
    4) H/N and Atmospheric Testing - exposure occurred as a POW in Hiroshima or Nagasaki AND at an atmospheric nuclear device test site.
    5) Underground Nuclear Testing - exposure occurred while at Longshot, Milrow, or Cannikin underground nuclear tests at Amchitka Island, AK prior to January 1, 1974.
    6) Exposure at Nuclear Facility - exposure occurred while at Department of Energy plants at Paducah, KY, Portsmouth, OH or the K25 area at Oak Ridge, TN for at least 250 days before February 1, 1992.
    7) Other - a method that does not fit any of the other categories
    Only Veterans exposed by methods #2, 3 or 4 are eligible for copayment exemption or enrollment in priority 6 based on their IR exposure.
    Enter 'N' if not exposed or 'U' if unknown.
    Once the record has been verified in VES only VES users may enter/edit this field.
  • GROUP:  IRD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3212
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32103,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(2)=";"_$S($D(^DD(2,.3212,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),";"_$P(Y(1),U,12)_":",2),";",1) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32103,1
    ,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32103,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,11,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,13,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,12),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,11)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3212 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DI
    H,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32103="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.3212
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32111
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32103,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.321)):^(.321),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.32103,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32103,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.321)):^(.321),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,10,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,12,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,11),^(.321)=$P(DIH,U,1,10)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.32111 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(D
    IH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32103="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32111
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32103^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.32104 VIETNAM FROM DATE .321;4 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"VIET",X,0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D VN^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient commenced service in the Republic of Vietnam.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who served in the Republic of Vietnam (DID YOU SERVE IN VIETNAM prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which service in vietnam commenced [between February 28, 1961 and May 7, 1975].
    Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. As long as Vietnam service is indicated this date may not be deleted.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D VND^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  VN
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32104^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the VIETNAM FROM DATE field.
.32105 VIETNAM TO DATE .321;5 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"VIET",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D VN^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient ended service in the Republic of Vietnam.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who served in the Republic of Vietnam (DID YOU SERVE IN VIETNAM prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which service in Vietnam ended [between February 28, 1961 and May 7, 1975]. Once the
    service record is verified only user who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. As long as Vietnam service is indicated this date may not be deleted.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D VND^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  VN
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the VIETNAM SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32105^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the VIETNAM TO DATE field.
.32107 AGENT ORANGE REGISTRATION DATE .321;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK I $D(X) D DOB^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 07, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which this patient was registered as being exposed to agent orange.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date registered. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security
    key may enter/edit this field. As long as agent orange exposure is indicated this field may not be deleted.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  AO
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
.32108 AGENT ORANGE REPORTED TO C.O. .321;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which this patient's claim for agent orange exposure was reported to C.O.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date on which this patient's claim of exposure to Agent Orange was initially reported to VA Central Office.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  AO
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.32109 AGENT ORANGE EXAM DATE .321;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient was examined for the agent orange condition claimed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date s/he was examined for this exposure, if any. Once the service record is verified only users
    who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. As long as agent orange exposure is indicated this field may not be deleted.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  AO
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
.3211 AGENT ORANGE REGISTRATION # .321;10 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>999999)!(X<1)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D AO^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 06, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter this patient's agent orange registration number [a number between 1-999999].
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be answered YES) enter the registration number assigned [a number between 1-999999]. Once the service record has been
    verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as agent orange exposure is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  AO
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
.32111 RADIATION REGISTRATION DATE .321;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D IR^DGLOCK I $D(X) D DOB^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which this patient was registered as claiming exposure to ionizing radiation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was exposed to ionizing radiation (WERE YOU EXPOSED TO RADIATION prompt must be answered YES) enter the date registered. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the
    designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as ionizing radiation exposure is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D IRD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  IRD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
.32115 PROJ 112/SHAD .321;15 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2006
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32115^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.32116 TOXIC EXPOSURE RISK ACTIVITY .321;16 SET (BOOLEAN Data Type)
  • VistA via HL7 messaging. The field will not be editable in VistA and is only shared so that it may be displayed to a VistA user along with the patient's other Environmental Factors.

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 15, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if patient claims exposure to Toxic Exposure Risk Activity (TERA). Otherwise, enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field should be set to YES if the patient claims exposure to Toxic Exposure Risk Activity (TERA). The Toxic Exposure Risk Activity indicator will be entered and maintained by the VHA Enrollment System and shared with
    VistA via HL7 messaging. The field will not be editable in VistA and is only shared so that it may be displayed to a VistA user along with the patient's other Environmental Factors.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
.3212 RADIATION EXPOSURE METHOD .321;12 SET
  • '2' FOR HIROSHIMA/NAGASAKI;
  • '3' FOR ATMOS NUCLR TESTING;
  • '4' FOR H/N AND ATMOS TESTING;
  • '5' FOR UNDERGRD NUCLR TESTING;
  • '6' FOR EXPOS AT NUCLR FACILITY;
  • '7' FOR OTHER;
  • '8' FOR ENEWETAK;
  • '9' FOR EXPOS IN PALOMARES B52;
  • '10' FOR THULE AFB B52;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D IR^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 01, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing available the method by which this patient was exposed to ionizing radiation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field represents the method by which the exposure to ionizing radiation occurred.
    2) Hiroshima/Nagasaki - if the Veteran was exposed to ionizing radiation as a POW or while serving in Hiroshima and/or Nagasaki, Japan from August 6, 1945 through July 1, 1946.
    3) Atmos Nuclr Testing - if exposure occurred at an atmospheric nuclear device test site (e.g. the Pacific Islands, NM or NV).
    4) H/N and Atmos Testing - if exposure occurred as a POW in Hiroshima or Nagasaki AND at an atmospheric nuclear device test site.
    5) Undergrd Nuclr Testing - if exposure occurred while at Longshot, Milrow, or Cannikin underground nuclear tests at Amchitka Island, AK prior to January 1, 1974.
    6) Expos at Nuclr Facility - if exposure occurred while at Department of Energy plants at Paducah, KY, Portsmouth, OH or the K25 area at Oak Ridge, TN for at least 250 days before February 1, 1992.
    7) Other - a method that does not fit any of the other categories.
    8) Enewetak - if exposure occurred during cleanup of Enewetak Atoll, from January 1, 1977, through December 31, 1980.
    9) Expos in Palomares B52 - if exposure occurred during cleanup of the Air Force B-52 bomber carrying nuclear weapons off the coast of Palomares, Spain, from January 17, 1966, through March 31, 1967.
    10) Thule AFB B52 - if exposure occurred during the response to the fire onboard an Air Force B-52 bomber carrying nuclear weapons near Thule Air Force Base in Greenland from January 21, 1968, to September 25, 1968.
    Only Veterans exposed by methods #2, 3, 4, 8, 9, or 10 are eligible for copayment exemption or enrollment in priority 6 based on their Ionizing Radiation exposure.
    Only Veterans Health Administration Enrollment System users may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D IRD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  IRD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RADIATION EXPOSURE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3212^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.3213 AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE LOCATION .321;13 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'B' FOR BLUE WATER NAVY;
  • 'K' FOR KOREAN DMZ;
  • 'V' FOR VIETNAM;
  • 'T' FOR THAILAND(U.S. OR ROYAL THAI MIL BASE);
  • 'L' FOR LAOS;
  • 'C' FOR CAMBODIA(MIMOT OR KREK,KAMPONG CHAM);
  • 'G' FOR GUAM, AMERICAN SAMOA, OR TERRITORIAL WATERS;
  • 'J' FOR JOHNSTON ATOLL;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 06, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter where the patient was exposed to agent orange.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was exposed to agent orange (EXPOSED TO AGENT ORANGE prompt must be answered YES) enter the location where the exposure occurred. Once eligibility is verified in VES only VES users may
    enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as agent orange exposure is indicated.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$CHKAOEL^DGRP6EF(Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Available locations are shown.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D AOD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the AGENT ORANGE EXPOS. INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3213^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.3214 FILIPINO VETERAN PROOF .321;14 SET
  • 'PP' FOR US PASSPORT;
  • 'BC' FOR US BIRTH CERTIFICATE;
  • 'BA' FOR REPORT OF BIRTH ABROAD OF US CITIZEN;
  • 'NA' FOR VERIFICATION OF NATURALIZATION;
  • 'PR' FOR VERIFICATION OF PERMANENT RESIDENCY;
  • 'VA' FOR VA COMPENSATION AT FULL DOLLAR RATE;
  • 'NO' FOR NO PROOF;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter in this field the documentation that was provided in order to establish US citizenship, lawful permanent US residency, and/or VA Compensation at full-dollar rate for a Filipino Veteran (i.e., a veteran whose Branch
    of Service is F. Commonwealth, F. Guerilla, or F. Scouts New)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3214^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the FILIPINO VETERAN PROOF field.
.3215 SERVICE [OEF OR OIF] .3215;0 SET Multiple #2.3215 2.3215

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 04, 2006
  • DESCRIPTION:  This contains the information relating to the deployment of the patient to a conflict location for the operations Iraqi and Enduring Freedom (OIF, OEF respectively). It also includes records of conflict that can be
    identified as being EITHER OIF OR OEF, but the specific location cannot be determined.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=3"
  • EXPLANATION:  Users cannot enter 3 (UNSPECIFIED)
  • IDENTIFIED BY:  OEF/OIF FROM DATE(#.02), OEF/OIF TO DATE(#.03)
  • INDEXED BY:  OEF/OIF TO DATE (ACVCOM1), OEF/OIF TO DATE & OEF/OIF FROM DATE & LOCATION OF SERVICE (ALOEIF), LOCATION OF SERVICE & OEF/OIF FROM DATE & OEF/OIF TO DATE (ALSTUP)
.3216 MILITARY SERVICE EPISODE .3216;0 DATE Multiple #2.3216 2.3216

  • DESCRIPTION:  This contains the definitive military service episode history for the patient and is updated from the Health Eligibility Center (HEC) system. HEC is the authoritative source for this data and it may not be edited in VistA
    except to add new episodes.
.321701 CAMP LEJEUNE .3217;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter "Y" if there is sufficient evidence that the Veteran was housed at Camp Lejeune for a minimum of 30 days between and inclusive of August 1, 1953 and December 31, 1987. Otherwise, enter "N".
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field should be set to Yes if the Patient is housed at Camp Lejeune, was a Veteran, and has 1 or more Military Service Episodes (MSEs) with a Character of Discharge other than Dishonorable, Other Than Honorable,
    Undesirable, Bad Conduct, or Dishonorable-VA and these MSEs were between August 1, 1953 and December 31, 1987, adding up to 30 days of service or greater.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field is a SET OF CODES field which can be Y - YES or N - NO and represents whether the Patient is Camp Lejeune eligible or not.
.321702 CAMP LEJEUNE DATE .3217;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date when the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR field was last changed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the system generated date noting when the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR field was last changed.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field is System Generated and should never be entered in by a user.
    UNEDITABLE
.321703 CAMP LEJEUNE CHANGE SITE .3217;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The System Generated point-of-entry site that last changed the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR field.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field is System Generated and should never be entered in by a user.
    UNEDITABLE
.321704 CAMP LEJEUNE SOURCE .3217;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The System Generated source that last affected a change to the CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY INDICATOR field.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field is System Generated and should never be entered in by a user.
    UNEDITABLE
.32171 CAMP LEJEUNE DATA ENTRY LOCKED .32171;1 SET
  • '1' FOR LOCKED;
  • '0' FOR NOT LOCKED;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 1 to Lock or 0 to unlock Camp Lejeune data entry.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the master field to control entry of Camp Lejeune data into the Patient record. If 1 then CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY data cannot be entered. If 0, it can.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This is the master field to control entry of Camp Lejeune data into the .3217 node. If 1 then CAMP LEJEUNE ELIGIBILITY data cannot be entered into this node. If 0, then it can.
    UNEDITABLE
.322 SERVICE VERIFICATION DATE .32;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on whcih this patient's service record was verified as being accurate.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Once the service record has been verified enter the date of verification. All service record data will become uneditable to any user who does not hold the designated security key once the service record is verified. Only
    users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.32201 PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? .322;10 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA S DGX=10 D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this patient serve in the Persian Gulf War? Answer yes, no, or unknown.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this patient served in the Persian Gulf during the war (anytime after August 2, 1990), enter yes here. If the patient did not serve in the Persian Gulf during this timeframe, enter no. Enter unknown if this
    information could not be obtained from the patient.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322011
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,11),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,11)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322011 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE
    If service in the Persian Gulf is no longer indicated, remove the PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322012
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322012 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= PERSIAN GULF TO DATE
    If service in the Persian Gulf is no longer indicated, remove the PERSIAN GULF TO DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322013
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,69.3) S X=X&Y I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,79.3) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X&Y I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D ^DICR
    69.2)= S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(3)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
    69.3)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,69.2) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO",Y(2)=X S X=$P($P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(3),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES",Y=X,X=Y(2),X=X
    79.2)= S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
    79.3)= X ^DD(2,.32201,1,3,79.2) S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO",Y(3)=X S X=$P($P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES"
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"&(#.322016'="YES")
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.32201="NO"&(#.322016'="YES")
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.322013
    If neither of the two fields (Persian Gulf Service? and Somalia Service Indicated?) are 'YES', the Environmental Contaminants? field will be deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32201^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.322011 PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE .322;11 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GULF",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 8/2/1990 AND TODAY INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT BEGAN SERVING IN THE PERSIAN GULF.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient served in the Persian Gulf during the war (PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? is answered YES), respond with the date the patient began serving there. The date must be on or after August 2, 1990.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322011^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE field.
.322012 PERSIAN GULF TO DATE .322;12 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GULF",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVED^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient's service in the Persian Gulf ended. Date must either be null or in the past.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this patient served in the Persian Gulf during the war, enter the date the patient's service in that region ended. The date must be after the date selected as PERSIAN GULF FROM DATE which must be on or after August 2,
    1990.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=10 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322012^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PERSIAN GULF TO DATE field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.322013 SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS? .322;13 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 22, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient claims exposure to Southwest Asia Conditions, 'N' if not, 'U' if unknown.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter "Y" if veteran claims need for care of conditions related to service in SW Asia. Enter "N" if veteran did not serve in SW Asia or does not claim need for care of conditions related to service in SW Asia. Enter "U"
    when veteran served in SW Asia, but is unsure of whether conditions may be related to that service. SW Asia Theater of operations is defined as: Iraq, Kuwait, Saudi Arabia, the neutral zone between Iraq and Saudi Arabia,
    Bahrain, Qatar, the United Arab Emirates, Oman, the Gulf of Aden, the Gulf of Oman, the Persian Gulf, the Arabian Sea, the Red Sea, and the airspace above these locations.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This indicates that the veteran was affected by some kind of SW Asia conditions in the Persian Gulf.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322014
    1)= X ^DD(2,.322013,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322014 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.322013,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322014 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.322013'="YES"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.322014
    This will delete the 'SW ASIA COND REGISTRATION DATE' field (#.322014) if the 'SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS?' field is not "YES".
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322015
    1)= X ^DD(2,.322013,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322015 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.322013,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322015 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.322013'="YES"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.322015
    This trigger deletes the 'SW ASIA EXAM DATE' field if the 'SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS?' field is not "YES".
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322013^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.322014 SW ASIA COND REGISTRATION DATE .322;14 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EC^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 03, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which this patient was registered as being exposed to Southwest Asia conditions. This must be after 8/1/1990.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date on which the patient registered for being exposed to Conditions related to service in SW Asia. This date must be after 8/1/1990.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This is the date on which the patient registered for being exposed to Southwest Asia conditions. This date must be after 8/1/1990.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS? field of the PATIENT File
.322015 SW ASIA COND EXAM DATE .322;15 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EC^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 03, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient was examined for the Southwest Asia conditions claimed (Must be after 8/1/1990).
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date on which an examination for exposure to Conditions related to service in SW Asia was performed on the patient.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS? field of the PATIENT File
.322016 SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;16 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this patient serve in Somalia?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient served in the Somalia, enter yes here. If the patient did not serve in Somalia, enter no. Enter unknown if this information could not be obtained from the patient.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322017
    1)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,17),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,17)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322017 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.322016="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.322017
    If Somalia Indicated is NO, FROM DATE is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322018
    1)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,18),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,18)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322018 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.322016="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.322018
    If Somalia Indicated is NO, TO DATE is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322013
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,69.3) S Y=X,X=Y(2),X=X&Y I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,79.3) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X&Y I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322013 D ^DICR
    69.2)= S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(3)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
    69.3)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,69.2) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES",Y(2)=X S X=$P($P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(3),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES"
    79.2)= S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322016,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(4)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.32201,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"")
    79.3)= X ^DD(2,.322016,1,3,79.2) S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES",Y(3)=X S X=$P($P(Y(4),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,10)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="YES"
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.322016'="YES"&(#.32201'="YES")
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.322016'="YES"&(#.32201'="YES")
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.322013
    This trigger deletes the 'ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINANTS?' field when neither the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? nor the PERSIAN GULF SERVICE? fields are YES.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322016^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.322017 SOMALIA FROM DATE .322;17 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"SOM",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=16 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date veteran's service in Somalia began.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient served in Somalia (SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? is answered YES), enter the date this patient's service in Somalia began. This date must be on or after September 28, 1992.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This is the date Somalia service began.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322017^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SOMALIA FROM DATE field.
.322018 SOMALIA TO DATE .322;18 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y I $D(X) K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"SOM",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=16 D SVED^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date veteran's service in Somalia ended.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the last date of service in Somalia. This date must be on or after September 28, 1992.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SOMALIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322018^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SOMALIA TO DATE field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.322019 YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;19 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Respond yes if patient served in the Kosovo Conflict (the airspace above and the adjacent waters of the Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia/Montenegro), the Adriatic Sea & Ionian Sea n. of 39th parallel).
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Field stores code indicating if patient served in the Yugolslavia Conflict.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32202
    1)= X ^DD(2,.322019,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322019,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322019,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)["N"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32202 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= KOSOVO SERVICE INDICATED?["N"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32202
    If KOSOVO SERVICE is not indicated, delete the KOSOVO FROM DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.322021
    1)= X ^DD(2,.322019,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,21),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.322019,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.322019,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)["N"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,21)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.322021 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= KOSOVO SERVICE INDICATED?["N"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.322021
    This cross-reference will delete KOSOVO TO DATE if the KOSOVO SERVICE INDICATED? field is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322019^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.32202 YUGOSLAVIA FROM DATE .322;20 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"YUG",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=19 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a date between June 22, 1992 and today indicating the date this patient began serving in the Yugoslavia Conflict.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date that service in the Yugoslavia Conflict began for this patient. Earliest possible date is 6/22/1992.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32202^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the YUGOSLAVIA FROM DATE field.
.322021 YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE .322;21 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"YUG",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=19 D SVED^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient's service in the Yugoslavia Conflict ended. Date must be after June 22, 1992.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The date service in the Yugoslavia Conflict ended for this patient.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the YUGOSLAVIA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR322021^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the YUGOSLAVIA TO DATE field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.3221 LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? .322;1 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this veteran serve in Lebanon during the conflict there?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Did this patient serve in Lebanon between the dates of August 23, 1982 and February 26, 1984?
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3222
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3221,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3221,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3221,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3222 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3221="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= LEBANON FROM DATE
    If Lebanon service not indicated, remove the LEBANON FROM DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3223
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3221,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3221,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3221,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3223 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3221="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= LEBANON TO DATE
    If Lebanon service not indicated, remove the to date.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3221^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? field.
.3222 LEBANON FROM DATE .322;2 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"LEB",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE AFTER OCTOBER 1, 1983 TO INDICATE THE DATE THIS PATIENT BEGAN HIS SERVICE IN LEBANON
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who served in Lebanon, enter the date which the applicant's service in Lebanon began. The date must be on or after October 1, 1983.
    .
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3222^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LEBANON FROM DATE field.
.3223 LEBANON TO DATE .322;3 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"LEB",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVED^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE AFTER OCTOBER 1, 1983 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT'S SERVICE IN LEBANON ENDED.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this patient, enter the date the patient's service in Lebanon ended. The 'LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED?' field must be answered yes and the date in this field must be after October 1, 1983.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=1 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the LEBANON SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3223^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the LEBANON TO DATE field.
.3224 GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;4 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this patient served during the conflict in Grenada, enter YES here. Enter NO if the patient did not serve in Grenada, or UNKNOWN if this can not be determined.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter yes if this patient served in Grenada between the dates of October 23, 1983 and November 21, 1983.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3225
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3224,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3224,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3224,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3225 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3224="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= GRENADA FROM DATE
    If service in Grenada is not indicated, remove the GRENADA FROM DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3226
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3224,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3224,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3224,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3226 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3224="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= GRENADA TO DATE
    If service in Grenada is not indicated, delete the GRENADA TO DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3224^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? field.
.3225 GRENADA FROM DATE .322;5 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GREN",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 10/23/1983 AND 11/21/1983 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT'S SERVICE IN GRENADA BEGAN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date which this patient began service in Grenada. The 'GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED?' field must be answered YES and the date entered here must be between October 23, 1983 and November 21, 1983.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3225^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the GRENADA FROM DATE field.
.3226 GRENADA TO DATE .322;6 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"GREN",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVED^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 10/23/1983 AND 11/21/1983 INDICATING THE DATE THE PATIENT'S SERVICE IN GRENADA ENDED.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date which this patient's service in Grenada ended. The 'GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED?' field must be yes and this date must be between October 23, 1983 and November 21, 1983.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=4 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the GRENADA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3226^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the GRENADA TO DATE field.
.3227 PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? .322;7 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this patient serve in the conflict in Panama? Answer YES, NO, or UNKNOWN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Respond yes if this patient served in Panama between the dates of December 20, 1989 and January 31, 1990. Enter no if the patient did not serve in Panama during this timeframe. Otherwise, enter unknown if this
    information could not be obtained from the patient.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3228
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3227,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3227,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3227,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,8)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3228 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3227="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= PANAMA FROM DATE
    If service in Panama is not indicated, remove the PANAMA FROM DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3229
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3227,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.322)):^(.322),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.3227,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3227,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.322)):^(.322),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.322),U,9)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3229 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3227="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= PANAMA TO DATE
    If Panama service is no longer indicated, remove the PANAMA TO DATE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3227^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? field.
.3228 PANAMA FROM DATE .322;8 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"PAN",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVED^DGLOCK S:$D(X) DGFRDT=X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 12/20/1989 AND 1/31/1990 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT BEGAN SERVICE IN PANAMA.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient served in Panama (PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? is answered YES), enter the date this patient's service in Panama began. The date must be between December 20, 1989 and January 31, 1990.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3228^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PANAMA FROM DATE field.
.3229 PANAMA TO DATE .322;9 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"PAN",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVED^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A DATE BETWEEN 12/20/1989 AND 1/31/1990 INDICATING THE DATE THIS PATIENT'S SERVICE IN PANAMA ENDED.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient served during the conflict in Panama (PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? is YES), enter the date the patient's service there ended. The date must be between December 20, 1989 and January 31, 1990.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA,DGX=7 D SVDEL^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the PANAMA SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3229^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the PANAMA TO DATE field.
.323 PERIOD OF SERVICE .32;3 POINTER TO PERIOD OF SERVICE FILE (#21) PERIOD OF SERVICE(#21)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D POS^DGLOCK1
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 02, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the available listing the period of service which best classifies this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  From the available listing select the period of service which best classifies this applicant. The selections displayed are limited based on the eligibility code which must have been entered in order to select a period of
    service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $D(^DPT(DA,.36)),$D(^DIC(21,""AELIG"",+Y,+$P(^(.36),U,1)))"
  • EXPLANATION:  POS must be compatible with Eligibility Code
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV1^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^APOS
    1)= S ^DPT("APOS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("APOS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^11500.01
    1)= X ^DD(2,.323,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"ODS")):^("ODS"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.323,1,2,1.1) X ^DD(2,.323,1,2,1.4)
    1.1)= S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=%
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X=$S('$D(^DIC(21,+$P(^DPT(DA,.32),"^",3),0)):0,$P(^(0),"^",3)'=6:0,'$D(^DPT(DA,"ODS")):1,'^("ODS"):1,1:0)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"ODS")):^("ODS"),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^("ODS"),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=11500.01 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= S X=$S('$D(^DIC(21,+$P(^DPT(DA,.32),"^",3),0)):0,$P(^(0),"^",3)'=6:0,'$D(^DPT(DA,"ODS")):1,'^("ODS"):1,1:0)
    CREATE VALUE)= NOW
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= INIT
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC323^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".323;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".323;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR323^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.324 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [LAST] .32;4 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
TYPE OF DISCHARGE(#25)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA I $D(X) D SV^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing the discharge type from this patient's last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant select from the available listing the discharge type which s/he received for his/her most recent episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the
    designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR324^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [LAST] field.
.325 SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] .32;5 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23) BRANCH OF SERVICE(#23)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA K:X=$O(^DIC(23,"B","B.E.C.","")) X I $D(X) D SV^DGLOCK S DGCOMBR=$G(Y) Q
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 04, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing the branch in which this patient served during his last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant select from the available listing the branch of service served in during his/her most recent episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the
    designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS4^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AFV1^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I $P($G(^DPT(DA,.321)),U,14)]"" D FVP^DGRPMS
    This MUMPS cross-reference acts like a trigger cross-reference. If the Service Branch [Last], Service Branch [NTL] and Service Branch [NNTL] fields do not contain a Filipino Veteran branch of service, the Filipino Vet
    Proof field (#.3214) is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR325^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR34^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.325 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  AMSEL (#408) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr: DELETE MSE (LAST) FIELDS
    Set Logic: Q
    Kill Logic: D DELMSE^DGRPMS(DA,1)
    Kill Cond: S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1): SERVICE BRANCH [LAST] (2,.325) (forwards)
.326 SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST] .32;6 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DGRPMS(DFN,X,0,"MSL") X I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X I $D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=1 D POS^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the patient entered his last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the date s/he commenced his/her most recent episode of military service. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the period entered should be
    the period of activation, so this date is their first day of active duty for the episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AE^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR326^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of any changes to the SERVICE ENTRY DATE [LAST] field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU326^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ASERLAST (#640)
.327 SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] .32;7 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DGRPMS(DFN,X,1,"MSL") X I $D(X),$D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=1 D PS^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 23, 2009
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date on which this patient was separated from his last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the date s/he ended his/her most recent episode of military service. If the military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the period entered should be the
    period of activation, so this date is their last day of active duty for this episode. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR327^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [LAST] field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU327^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303), ASERLAST (#640)
.328 SERVICE NUMBER [LAST] .32;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S:X?1"SS".E L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L S:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the service number assigned to this patient during his last episode of military service or 'SS' if it's the same as his SSN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the service number assigned during his/her most recent episode of military service as either 1-15 characters or enter 'SS' if the social security number and service number are the same.
    Once the service record has been verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR328^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE NUMBER [LAST] field.
.3285 SERVICE SECOND EPISODE? .32;19 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 07, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient has more than one episode of military service otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he has more than one episode of military service, or 'N' if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR9^MUMPS
    1)= I X'="Y" S DGXRF=.3285 D ^DGDDC Q
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32945
    1)= X ^DD(2,.3285,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="N" X ^DD(2,.3285,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3285,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1),X=$E(X)'="Y"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)):^(.32),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,19,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,21,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,20),^(.32)=$P(DIH,U,1,19)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.32945 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,
    DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= $E(#.3285)'="Y"
    CREATE VALUE)= "N"
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.32945
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3291
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.3285,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X
    ="" X ^DD(2,.3285,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3291 D ^DICR
    2)= X ^DD(2,.3285,1,3,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3291 D ^DICR
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.3285,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,19)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.3285'="YES"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.3285'="YES"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3291
.329 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NTL] .32;9 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
TYPE OF DISCHARGE(#25)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the type of discharge given this patient from his next-to-last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the type of discharge received from his/her next to
    last episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode of
    military service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR329^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NTL] field.
.3291 SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] .32;10 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23) BRANCH OF SERVICE(#23)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA K:X=$O(^DIC(23,"B","B.E.C.","")) X I $D(X) D SER1^DGLOCK S DGCOMBR=$G(Y) Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 18, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the branch of service in which the patient served in his next-to-last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the branch of service s/he served in during his/her
    next to last episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode
    of military service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE SECOND EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AFV2^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I $P($G(^DPT(DA,.321)),U,14)]"" D FVP^DGRPMS
    This MUMPS cross-reference acts like a trigger cross-reference. If the Service Branch [Last], Service Branch [NTL] and Service Branch [NNTL] fields do not contain a Filipino Veteran branch of service, the Filipino Vet
    Proof field (#.3214) is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3291^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR35^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3291 D ^DGDDC Q
    This xref is used to delete the SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL] field if the SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] field is changed or deleted.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AMSENL (#409) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr: DELETE MSE (NEXT TO LAST) FIELDS
    Set Logic: Q
    Kill Logic: D DELMSE^DGRPMS(DA,2)
    Kill Cond: S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1): SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] (2,.3291) (forwards)
.32911 SERVICE COMPONENT [LAST] .3291;1 SET
  • 'R' FOR REGULAR;
  • 'V' FOR ACTIVATED RESERVE;
  • 'G' FOR ACTIVATED NG;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 19, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the military service component of the patient for the most recent military service episode.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the military service component for his/her most recent episode of military service. Once the service record has been verified only those users who hold the designated security key may
    enter/edit this field. NATIONAL GUARD IS ONLY VALID FOR BRANCH OF SERVICE ARMY AND AIR FORCE.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$VALCOMP^DGRPMS(DA,Y,1)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Component must be consistent with branch of service, branch of service is required to enter component
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32911^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE COMPONENT [LAST] field.
.32912 SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL] .3291;2 SET
  • 'R' FOR REGULAR;
  • 'V' FOR ACTIVATED RESERVE;
  • 'G' FOR ACTIVATED NG;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 19, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the military service component of the patient for the next to last military service episode.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the military service component for the next to last episode of service. Once the
    service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are indicated. NATIONAL GUARD
    IS ONLY VALID FOR BRANCH OF SERVICE ARMY AND AIR FORCE.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$VALCOMP^DGRPMS(DA,Y,2)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Component must be consistent with branch of service, branch of service is required to enter component
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE BRANCH [NTL] field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32912^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE COMPONENT [NTL] field.
.32913 SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL] .3291;3 SET
  • 'R' FOR REGULAR;
  • 'V' FOR ACTIVATED RESERVE;
  • 'G' FOR ACTIVATED NG;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 19, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the military service component of the patient for the third most recent military service episode.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the military service component for the third most recent episode of service.
    Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are indicated.
    NATIONAL GUARD IS ONLY VALID FOR BRANCH OF SERVICE ARMY AND AIR FORCE.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$VALCOMP^DGRPMS(DA,Y,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Component must be consistent with branch of service, branch of service is required to enter component
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR32913^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL] field.
.3292 SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL] .32;11 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DGRPMS(DFN,X,0,"MSNTL") X I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X I $D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=2 D POS^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient commenced his next-to-last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the next to last episode of service commenced. If the
    military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their first day of active duty for the episode. Once the service record
    is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode of military service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AF^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3292^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NTL] field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ASERNTL (#641)
.3293 SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL] .32;12 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DGRPMS(DFN,X,1,"MSNTL") X I $D(X),$D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=2 D PS^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date this patient ended his next-to-last episode of military service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the next to last episode of service ended. If the military
    service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their last day of active duty for this episode. Once the service record is verified
    only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode of military service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3293^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NTL] field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ASERNTL (#641)
.3294 SERVICE NUMBER [NTL] .32;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SER1^DGLOCK I $D(X) S:X?1"SS".E L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L S:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the service number assigned to this patient during his next-to-last episode of military service or 'SS' if it's the same as his SSN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least two episodes of military service (ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the service number assigned to that next to last episode of service [1-15
    characters]. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than one episode of military service is
    indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3294^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE NUMBER [NTL] field.
.32945 SERVICE THIRD EPISODE? .32;20 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I "N"'[$G(X),$D(^DPT(DFN,.32)),$P(^(.32),U,19)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Other Periods of service are not indicated...NO EDITING!" K X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 07, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient served more than two episodes of military service otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter 'Y' if this veteran applicant has at least three episodes of military service, or 'N' if not. The ANY OTHER PERIODS OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES in order to enter a third episode of military service. Once
    the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE SECOND EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR10^MUMPS
    1)= I X'="Y" S DGXRF=.32945 D ^DGDDC Q
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3296
    1)= X ^DD(2,.32945,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3296 D ^DICR
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32945,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
    2)= X ^DD(2,.32945,1,2,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.32)),DIV=X S $P(^(.32),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3296 D ^DICR
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.32945,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.32)):^(.32),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,20)_":",2),$C(59))'="YES"
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.32945'="YES"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.32945'="YES"
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3296
.3295 SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NNTL] .32;14 POINTER TO TYPE OF DISCHARGE FILE (#25)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
TYPE OF DISCHARGE(#25)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this third episode of military service enter the discharge type given this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the discharge type received from the third most
    recent episode of military service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of
    military service are indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE THIRD EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3295^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE DISCHARGE TYPE [NNTL] field.
.3296 SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] .32;15 POINTER TO BRANCH OF SERVICE FILE (#23) BRANCH OF SERVICE(#23)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA K:X=$O(^DIC(23,"B","B.E.C.","")) X I $D(X) D SER2^DGLOCK S DGCOMBR=$G(Y) Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 04, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this third episode of military service enter the branch in which this patient served.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) select from the available listing the service branch served in during his/her third
    most recent episode of service. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of
    military service are indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the SERVICE THIRD EPISODE? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AFV3^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I $P($G(^DPT(DA,.321)),U,14)]"" D FVP^DGRPMS
    This MUMPS cross-reference acts like a trigger cross-reference. If the Service Branch [Last], Service Branch [NTL] and Service Branch [NNTL] fields do not contain a Filipino Veteran branch of service, the Filipino Vet
    Proof field (#.3214) is deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3296^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.32913
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3291)):^(.3291),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3291)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3291),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32913 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3291)):^(.3291),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.3291)),DIV=X S $P(^(.3291),U,3)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.32913 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= SERVICE COMPONENT [NNTL]
    Deletes the COMPONENT field if the branch of service is changed or deleted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR36^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3296 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  AMSENNL (#410) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr: DELETE MSE (NEXT TO NEXT TO LAST) FIELDS
    Set Logic: Q
    Kill Logic: D DELMSE^DGRPMS(DA,3)
    Kill Cond: S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1): SERVICE BRANCH [NNTL] (2,.3296) (forwards)
.3297 SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL] .32;16 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DGRPMS(DFN,X,0,"MSNNTL") X I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X I $D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=3 D POS^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this third episode of military service enter the date on which the patient commenced serving.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the third most recent episode of service commenced. If the
    military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their first day of active duty for the episode. Once the service record
    is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3297^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE ENTRY DATE [NNTL] field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ASERNNTL (#642)
.3298 SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL] .32;17 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK I $D(X) K:'$$VALMSE^DGRPMS(DFN,X,1,"MSNNTL") X I $D(X),$D(^DG(43,1)) S SD1=3 D PS^DGINP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this third episode of military service enter the date on which the service terminated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which the third most recent episode of service ended. If the
    military service component is ACTIVATED NATIONAL GUARD or ACTIVATED RESERVE, the period entered should be the period of activation, so this date is their last day of active duty for this episode. Once the service record
    is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3298^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE SEPARATION DATE [NNTL] field.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ASERNNTL (#642)
.3299 SERVICE NUMBER [NNTL] .32;18 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SER2^DGLOCK I $D(X) S:X?1"SS".E L=$S($D(^DPT(DA,0)):$P(^(0),U,9),1:X) W:X?1"SS".E " ",L S:X?1"SS".E X=L K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this third episode of military service enter the service number assigned or 'SS' if it's the same as the SSN.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who has at least three episodes of military service (ANOTHER PERIOD OF SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) enter the service number assigned for the third most recent episode of service [1-15
    characters]. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as more than two episodes of military service are
    indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3299^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the SERVICE NUMBER [NNTL] field.
.33011 E-WORK PHONE NUMBER .33;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2010
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the work phone number for the emergency contact. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the emergency contact for this patient is employed, enter the phone number at which this individual may be reached while at work.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.33012 E-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME .332;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 26, 2010
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will hold the date and time of the last Emergency Contact Update.
    Any change to the following Emergency Contact fields will trigger an update: E-Name, E-Relationship To Patient, E-Street Address [Line 1], E-Street Address [Line 2], E-Street Address [Line 3], E-City, E-State, E-Zip Code,
    E-Phone Number, E-Emer. Contact Same As NOK? and E-Work Phone Number
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR33012^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3305 E-EMER. CONTACT SAME AS NOK? .33;10 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X),X="Y" D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 07, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the emergency contact and next-of-kin are the same person, otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary NOK is defined enter 'Y' if that person is also the primary emergency contact, otherwise enter 'N' for no.
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.3306 E-COUNTRY .33;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the primary emergency contact address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the country where the primary emergency contact address is located.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXECTNRY (#778) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear Primary emergency contact Addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field E-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address, this cross reference
    will clear the E-STATE, and E-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address, this cross reference will clear the E-PROVINCE and E-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross
    reference.
    Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"EC",.3306)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): E-COUNTRY (2,.3306) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.3307 E-PROVINCE .33;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a Province if the primary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.3308 E-POSTAL CODE .33;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a postal code if the primary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.3309 E-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .33;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) PATIENT CONTACT RELATION(#12.11)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 05, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the relationship of the emergency contact to the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary emergency contact is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency contact is on file.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
  • EXPLANATION:  Enter active relation types only.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.331 E-NAME .33;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the primary emergency contact's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma.
    All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR4^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.331 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM331 (#595) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.331.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.331 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.331,.DG20NAME,1.07,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,7),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.331,1.07) Q
    X(1): E-NAME (2,.331) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.331011 E2-WORK PHONE NUMBER .331;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2010
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the work phone number for the secondary emergency contact. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the person designated as the secondary emergency contact is employed, enter the person's work phone number.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.331012 E2-COUNTRY .331;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the secondary emergency contact address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the country where the secondary emergency contact address is located.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXE2CTNRY (#777) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear Secondary emergency contact Addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field E2-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address, this cross
    reference will clear the E2-STATE, and E2-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address, this cross reference will clear the E2-PROVINCE and E2-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by
    this cross reference.
    Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"EC2",.331012)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): E2-COUNTRY (2,.331012) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.331013 E2-PROVINCE .331;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a Province if the secondary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.331014 E2-POSTAL CODE .331;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a postal code if the secondary emergency contact has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.331015 E2-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .331;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) PATIENT CONTACT RELATION(#12.11)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 05, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the relationship of the secondary emergency contact to the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a secondary emergency contact is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency contact is on file.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
  • EXPLANATION:  Enter active relation types only.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3311 E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT .331;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME I $D(X) D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the secondary emergency contact's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma.
    All other characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR5^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3311 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM3311 (#596) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.3311.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.3311 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.3311,.DG20NAME,1.08,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,8),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.3311,1.08) Q
    X(1): E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT (2,.3311) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.33112 E2-CONTACT CHANGE DATE/TIME .332;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 26, 2010
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will hold the date and time of the last Secondary Emergency Contact Update.
    Any change to the following Secondary Emergency Contact fields will trigger an update: E2-Name Of Secondary Contact, E2-Relationship To Patient, E2-Street Address [Line 1], E2-Street Address [Line 2], E2-Street Address
    [Line 3], E2-City, E2-State, E2-Zip Code, E2-Phone Number and E2-Work Phone Number
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR33112^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3312 E2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .331;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 30
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter any notes related to the relationship of the secondary emergency contact to the patient [2-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship of that person to the applicant [2-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency
    contact is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3313 E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .331;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the secondary emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency contact
    is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR22^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3313 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3314 E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .331;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the second line of the secondary emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary
    emergency contact is on file.
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR23^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.3314 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3315 E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .331;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the third line of the secondary emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary
    emergency contact is on file.
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3316 E2-CITY .331;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which the secondary emergency contact resides [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency contact is on
    file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3317 E2-STATE .331;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing the state in which the secondary emergency contact resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency
    contact is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3318 E2-ZIP CODE .331;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the zip code as five numerics where the secondary emergency contact resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the zip code for the city in which s/he resides [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary emergency contact is
    on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E2D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ZEC2ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2204,.22,4,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2204,.22,4,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.3319 E2-PHONE NUMBER .331;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E2^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the phone number of the secondary emergency contact [3-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a secondary emergency contact is specified enter the telephone number at which that person may be reached [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a secondary
    emergency contact is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  EC2
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM6 (#608)
.332 E-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .33;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter any notes related to the relationship of the emergency contact to the patient [3-35 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship of that person to the applicant [3-35 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency
    contact is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.333 E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .33;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the emergency contacts street address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency contact is
    on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR24^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.333 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.334 E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .33;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the second line of the emergency contacts street address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary
    emergency contact is on file.
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR25^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.334 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.335 E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .33;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the third line of the emergency contacts address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary
    emergency contact is on file.
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.336 E-CITY .33;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which the emergency contact resides [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the city in which that person resides [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency contact is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.337 E-STATE .33;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing the state in whcih the emergency contact resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person resides, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency contact
    is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.338 E-ZIP CODE .33;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the zip code as five numerics of the emergency contact.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the zip code for the city in which s/he resides [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency contact is on
    file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D E1D^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEC1ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2201,.22,1,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,2201,.22,1,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.339 E-PHONE NUMBER .33;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D E1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the phone number of the emergency contact [3-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  If a primary emergency contact is specified enter the telephone number [3-20 characters] at which that person may be reached, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a primary emergency
    contact is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  EC1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM5 (#607)
.34011 D-WORK PHONE NUMBER .34;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<4) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 28, 2010
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the designee's work phone number. Answer must be 4-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the person designated to receive the patient's personal effects is employed, enter the phone number at which that person may be reached while at work.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.34012 D-COUNTRY .34;12 POINTER TO COUNTRY CODE FILE (#779.004) COUNTRY CODE(#779.004)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the country where the designee address is located. If entering an Army/Air Force Post Office (APO) or a Fleet Post Office (FPO) address select United States as the country.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the country where the designee address is located.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AXDCTNRY (#776) MUMPS R ACTION
    Short Descr: Clear Designee Addr fields when country changes
    Description: This cross reference is fired whenever the field D-COUNTRY is changed. It will clear data in fields associated with whether the COUNTRY value is domestic or foreign. In the case of a foreign address, this cross reference
    will clear the D-STATE, and D-ZIP+4 fields. For a domestic address, this cross reference will clear the D-PROVINCE and D-POSTAL CODE fields. See routine ^DGCNTRY for modifying which fields are cleared by this cross
    reference.
    Set Logic: D EN^DGCNTRY(2,"DES",.34012)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): D-COUNTRY (2,.34012) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.34013 D-PROVINCE .34;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<1) X
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 20
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-20 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a Province if the designee has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 20 characters in length.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.34014 D-POSTAL CODE .34;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) UP^DGHELP
    MAXIMUM LENGTH: 10
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 03, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a postal code if the designee has provided one for his/her foreign address. The entry can be alphanumeric and up to 10 characters in length.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.34015 D-RELATIONSHIP TYPE .34;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONTACT RELATION FILE (#12.11) PATIENT CONTACT RELATION(#12.11)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 05, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the relationship of the designee to the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified, enter the relationship of that person to the applicant. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$GET1^DIQ(12.11,Y,.03,""I"")"
  • EXPLANATION:  Enter active relation types only.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.3405 D-DESIGNEE SAME AS NOK? .34;10 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X),X="Y" D K1^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 07, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the designee and the person specififed as the next-of-kin are one in the same enter YES otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a primary NOK is defined enter 'Y' if that person is also the designee appointed by the applicant, otherwise enter 'N' for no.
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.341 D-NAME OF DESIGNEE .34;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DG20NAME=X,(X,DG20NAME)=$$FORMAT^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME,3,35) K:'$L(X) X,DG20NAME
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format, must be 3-35 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the designee's name in 'LAST,FIRST MIDDLE SUFFIX' format. This value must be 3-35 characters in length and may contain only uppercase alpha characters, spaces, apostrophes, hyphens and one comma. All other
    characters and parenthetical text will be removed.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  D1
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR6^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.341 D ^DGDDC Q
  • FIELD INDEX:  ANAM341 (#597) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: This index keeps the NAME COMPONENTS file in synch with field #.341.
    Description: This cross reference uses Kernel name standardization APIs to keep the NAME COMPONENTS (#20) file record associated with the #.341 field synchronized with the data value stored in that field.
    Set Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1,DG20NAME=X D NARY^XLFNAME7(.DG20NAME),UPDCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.341,.DG20NAME,1.09,+$P($G(^DPT(DA,"NAME")),U,9),"CL35") K DG20NAME Q
    Kill Logic: I '$G(XUNOTRIG) N XUNOTRIG S XUNOTRIG=1 D DELCOMP^XLFNAME2(2,.DA,.341,1.09) Q
    X(1): D-NAME OF DESIGNEE (2,.341) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.3412 DESIGNEE CHANGE DATE/TIME .332;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 26, 2010
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will hold the date and time of the last Designee Update.
    Any change to the following Designee fields will trigger an update: D-Name Of Designee, D-Relationship To Patient, D-Street Address [Line 1], D-Street Address [Line 2], D-Street Address [Line 3], D-City, D-State, D-Zip
    Code, D-Phone Number, D-Designee Same As Nok?, D-Work Phone Number
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3412^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.342 D-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT .34;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter any notes related to the relationship of the designee to the patient [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified, enter any additional information regarding the relationship of that person to the applicant [3-30 characters]. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.343 D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] .34;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 13, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first line of the designee's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified enter the first line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR26^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.343 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.344 D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] .34;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 15, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the second line of the designee's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified enter the second line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR27^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S DGXRF=.344 D ^DGDDC Q
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.345 D-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] .34;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the third line of the designee's address [3-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified enter the third line of that person's street address [3-30 characters], if necessary, otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.346 D-CITY .34;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the city in which the designee resides [1-30 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified enter the city in which that person resides [1-30 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.347 D-STATE .34;7 POINTER TO STATE FILE (#5) STATE(#5)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the listing the state in which the designee resides.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified select from the available listing the state in which that person resides. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.348 D-ZIP CODE .34;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X[""""!($A(X)=45) X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<5)!'(X?5N) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the zip code as five numerics of the designee's address.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified enter the zip code for the city in which s/he resides [5 numerics], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D DD^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AD1ZIP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGREGDD1(DA,.2202,.22,2,X)
    2)= D KILL^DGREGDD1(DA,.2202,.22,2,X)
    This sets the corresponding zip+4 field to be equal to this field's value.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.349 D-PHONE NUMBER .34;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>20!($L(X)<3) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D D^DGLOCK2
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 21, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the phone number of the designee [3-20 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If a designee is specified enter the telephone number at which that person may be reached [3-20 characters], otherwise nothing may be entered. This field cannot be deleted as long as a designee is on file.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  D1
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ADTTM7 (#609)
.351 DATE OF DEATH .35;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EPXT" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D H^DGUTL K:X>DGTIME X K DGTIME,DGDATE I $D(X) S DFN=DA D DEATH^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's DATE OF DEATH, which cannot be before the patient's Date of Birth or a future date.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the date the patient died. Date needs to be a precise date, i.e. a day, month, and year MUST be included. Date of Death can not be prior to
    P&T Effective Date
    Date Ruled Incompetent (Civil and VA)
    Date of Birth
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the DATE/TIME field of the PATIENT MOVEMENT File
    TRIGGERED by the MAS MOVEMENT TYPE field of the PATIENT MOVEMENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.091
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,49.3) S X=$E(Y(8),Y(9),X) S Y=X,X=Y(7),X=X_Y_"]" X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,10),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,2.1) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),0)),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,10)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.091 D ^DICR
    2.1)= S X=DIV X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,59.2) S X=$P(Y(5),Y(6),X),Y(7)=$G(X) S X="]",Y(8)=$G(X) S X=2,X=$P(Y(7),Y(8),X) S Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X_Y
    49.2)= S X=DIU_"[PATIENT DIED ON ",Y(1)=$G(X) S X=DIV,Y(2)=$G(X) S X=4,Y(3)=$G(X) S X=5,X=$E(Y(2),Y(3),X) S Y=X,X=Y(1),X=X_Y_"/",Y(4)=$G(X) S X=DIV,Y(5)=$G(X) S X=6
    49.3)= X ^DD(2,.351,1,1,49.2) S Y(6)=$G(X) S X=7,X=$E(Y(5),Y(6),X) S Y=X,X=Y(4),X=X_Y_"/",Y(7)=$G(X) S X=DIV,Y(8)=$G(X) S X=2,Y(9)=$G(X) S X=3
    59.2)= S X=DIU,Y(1)=$G(X) S X="[PATIENT DIED",Y(2)=$G(X) S X=1,X=$P(Y(1),Y(2),X),Y(3)=$G(X),Y(4)=$G(X) S X=DIU,Y(5)=$G(X) S X="PATIENT DIED",Y(6)=$G(X) S X=2
    CREATE VALUE)= REMARKS_"[PATIENT DIED ON "_$E(DATE OF DEATH,4,5)_"/"_$E(DATE OF DEATH,6,7)_"/"_$E(DATE OF DEATH,2,3)_"]"
    DELETE VALUE)= $P(REMARKS,"[PATIENT DIED",1)_$P($P(REMARKS,"PATIENT DIED",2),"]",2)
    FIELD)= REMARKS
    This appends into the REMARKS field a notation regarding the DATE OF DEATH. If DATE OF DEATH is deleted, the notation will be stripped out of the REMARKS field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.352
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.35)):^(.35),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"") S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.35)),DIV=X S $P(^(.35),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.352 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= DEATH ENTERED BY
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGDBUL^MUMPS
    1)= D DSBULL^DGDEATH
    2)= D DKBULL^DGDEATH
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEXP1
    1)= S ^DPT("AEXP1",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AEXP1",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AOERR^MUMPS
    1)= D DEATH^DGOERNOT
    2)= Q
    This cross-reference is used in conjunction with ORDER ENTRY/RESULTS REPORTING v2.09 or higher to send MAS OE/RR NOTIFICATIONS of DEATH to users who are on an OE/RR LIST for a patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^APSJD^MUMPS
    1)= S XX=X,X="PSJADT" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=XX K XX I D END^PSJADT
    2)= Q
    3)= Cancels Inpatient Medication orders.
    This is used by the Inpatient Medications package to cancel a patient's IV and Unit Dose orders whenever a date of death is entered for the patient.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ARCDTH^MUMPS
    1)= S RCX=X,X="RCAMDTH" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=RCX K RCX I D SET^RCAMDTH
    2)= S RCX=X,X="RCAMDTH" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") S X=RCX K RCX I D ERR^RCAMDTH
    3)= ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEATH NOTIFICATION
    This cross-reference is used to notify the Accounts Receivable package (v4 or higher) of a patient's death so that the patient's account may be reviewed for appropriate action.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADEP^MUMPS
    1)= D SET^DGDEPINA
    2)= D KILL^DGDEPINA
    This is used to updated the effective dates in file 408.12.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR351^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    Used to update the patient's enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^DG714^MUMPS
    1)= D START^DGMTDELS(DA)
    2)= Q
    3)= Deletes last REQUIRED means test
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^APSOD^MUMPS
    1)= I $$VERSION^XPDUTL("PSO")>6 D APSOD^PSOCAN3(DA)
    2)= I $$VERSION^XPDUTL("PSO")>6 D APSOD^PSOAUTOC(DA)
    3)= Discontinues Outpatient Medications.
    This xref is used to discontinue all active outpatient medications whenever a date of death is entered for the patient. This xref is used with v7 of Outpatient Pharmacy (DBIA #1624).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^IVM351^MUMPS
    1)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    2)= S IVMX=X,X="IVMPXFR" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DPT^IVMPXFR S X=IVMX K IVMX
    This cross-reference will check the IVM PATIENT file to see if a change to this field will require transmission to the IVM Center. If it does, the IVM PATIENT file entry's TRANSMISSION STATUS will be set to 0 and the
    nightly background job will transmit the updated information.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC351^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".351;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF=".351;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU351^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFM351 (#886) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): DATE OF DEATH (2,.351) (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD351 (#889) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.351,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): DATE OF DEATH (2,.351) (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  AW (#1351) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr: Terminate active policies when DATE OF DEATH is entered
    Description: Terminates all Insurance Policies that have an EFFECTIVE DATE OF POLICY and do not have an INSURANCE EXPIRATION DATE for a patient when the DATE OF DEATH field is first entered. This is done by setting the INSURANCE
    EXPIRATION DATE to be the DATE OF DEATH in method DEATH^IBCNEUT7. Note: ICR #6231 allows the call to routine IBCNEUT7.
    Set Logic: D DEATH^IBCNEUT7(DA,X(1))
    Set Cond: S X=$S((X(1)'="")&(X1(1)=""):1,1:0)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): DATE OF DEATH (2,.351) (forwards)
.352 DEATH ENTERED BY .35;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 16, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The name of the person who entered the date of death.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field records the date a patient's death was initially entered into the DHCP system. This field is created automatically by the MAS module when a date of death is entered either through the 'Death Entry' option or
    through the 'Discharge a Patient' option.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the DATE OF DEATH field of the PATIENT File
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC352 (#1317) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.352,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.352,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): DEATH ENTERED BY (2,.352) (forwards)
.353 SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION .35;3 POINTER TO SOURCE OF NOTIFICATIONS FILE (#47.76) SOURCE OF NOTIFICATIONS(#47.76)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 22, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the appropriate SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION from the list that specifies who first notified the VA of the patient's death.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION represents who/what notified the VA of the patient's DATE OF DEATH.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),U,3)=1"
  • EXPLANATION:  Only 'Active' notifications may be selected from the list.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR353^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC353 (#1318) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.353,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.353,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): SOURCE OF NOTIFICATION (2,.353) (forwards)
.354 DATE OF DEATH LAST UPDATED .35;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 22, 2014
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the DATE OF DEATH for this patient was last updated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is a date/time value that represents the date/time the date of death field (.351) was last modified/entered/deleted.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR354^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC354 (#1319) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.354,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.354,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): DATE OF DEATH LAST UPDATED (2,.354) (forwards)
.355 LAST EDITED BY .35;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 22, 2014
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The name of the person who last edited the DATE OF DEATH.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the local user ID of the person that last made a modification to the date of death (.351) field.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC355 (#1320) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.355,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.355,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): LAST EDITED BY (2,.355) (forwards)
.357 SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE .35;7 POINTER TO SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION TYPES FILE (#47.75) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION TYPES(#47.75)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $D(^DG(47.761,""AF"",Y,1))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 01, 2017
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the appropriate SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE from the list that identifies the current document used to inform of a patient's death.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The Supporting Document Type selected from the available list identifies the current method of how the site was notified of a patient's death.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $D(^DG(47.761,""AF"",Y,1))"
  • EXPLANATION:  The SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE screen will ensure that only valid/active supporting document types are selected based on the current business rules defined in File #47.761.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D SDTHELP^DGDEATH
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC357 (#1408) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.357,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.357,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): SUPPORTING DOCUMENT TYPE (2,.357) (forwards)
.358 DATE OF DEATH OPTION USED .35;8 SET
  • 'JOBJ' FOR JRN_OBJ;
  • 'JAPP' FOR JRN_APP;
  • 'JSTN' FOR JRN_STN;
  • 'VDE' FOR DEATH ENTRY;
  • 'VDP' FOR DISCHARGE A PATIENT;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 08, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the code that specifies the option used when modifying a patient's DATE OF DEATH.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The DATE OF DEATH OPTION USED value indicates the option that was executed when a patient's DATE OF DEATH is modified at the medical facility.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
.3601 COLLATERAL SPONSOR'S NAME .36;11 POINTER TO PATIENT FILE (#2)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
PATIENT(#2)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $D(^DPT(+Y,""VET"")),^(""VET"")=""Y""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 05, 1987
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this patient is a collateral responsible for picking up medications or information regarding another patient, that patient's name should be entered here.
    This sponsor must be a veteran and must exist in the patient file.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $D(^DPT(+Y,""VET"")),^(""VET"")=""Y"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Sponsor must be a veteran.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACOL^MUMPS
    1)= S ^DPT("ACOL",+X,DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACOL",+X,DA)
.3602 MILITARY DISABILITY RETIREMENT .36;12 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV2^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 29, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer Yes if the Veteran receives disability pay in lieu of VA Compensation.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field will replace Disability Discharge from the Military (field #.362).
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D HLP3602^DGRPU
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AV^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3602^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference will be used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment Record.
.3603 DISCHARGE DUE TO DISABILITY .36;13 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV2^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 16, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Was the Veteran discharged due to a disability incurred in the Line of Duty?
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D HLP3603^DGRPU
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AU^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3603^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference will be used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.361 PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE .36;1 POINTER TO ELIGIBILITY CODE FILE (#8) ELIGIBILITY CODE(#8)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I $D(X) D ECD^DGLOCK1
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 08, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select from the available list the eligibility code which best defines this applicant's primary entitlement to care. For more detailed information, enter ??.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Select from the available listing the appropriate eligibility code for this applicant. For non-veteran applicants a wide variety of choices are available. For veteran applicants the choices are screened [in the following
    order] dependent on the responses to other prompts:
    1. If the SERVICE CONNECTED prompt (field .301) is answered YES
    only the following two choices are available:
    a. If the SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE prompt (field .302) entered
    is 50% or greater 'SERVICE CONNECTED 50% TO 100%' can be
    selected.
    b. Otherwise, the percentage is assumed to be less than 50% and
    only 'SC, LESS THAN 50%' may be entered.
    2. If the response to the WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR field (# .525)
    is YES and the veteran is not service connected, you must select
    PRISONER OF WAR as the eligibility code.
    3. If the response to the CURRENT PH INDICATOR field (#.531)
    is YES and the veteran is not service connected and is not a Prisoner
    of War, you must select PURPLE HEART RECIPIENT as the eligibility code.
    4. If the veteran is receiving VA benefits, but does not meet the
    criteria in items 1 and 2 above, then the following choices may
    be presented for selection:
    If RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS is answered YES, the eligibility code
    AID & ATTENDANCE may be selected.
    If the RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS is answered YES ,the eligibility
    code HOUSEBOUND may be selected.
    If the above two prompts were answered NO, but the RECEIVING A VA
    PENSION prompt was answered YES, only the NSC, VA PENSION prompt
    may be selected.
    5. If none of the above pertain to this veteran, then the NSC eligibility
    will be available for selection.
    ** Dependent on the birthdate of the applicant, the following two
    eligibility codes may be displayed along with those shown in items
    3 through 5 above: WORLD WAR I and MEXICAN BORDER WAR. These would
    display for veterans not meeting the criteria in items 1 and 2, but
    whose date of birth is prior to 1907.
  • SCREEN:  S DFN=DA D ECD^DGLOCK1
  • EXPLANATION:  Applicable code based on veteran or non-veteran status.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK D:$D(X) COV^DGLOCK3 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AG^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D INACT33^DGOTHEL(DFN),EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= Q
    This cross-reference has two functions: 1. It calls INACT33^DGOTHEL to record the change in Primary Eligibility
    in the OTH ELIGIBILITY PATIENT file (#33) 2. It calls EN^DGMTR to check Means Test Requirements
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2.0361^.01
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,89.4) S Y(102)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"E",D1,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(8,+$P(Y(102),U,1),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV,X=X X ^DD(2
    ,.361,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"E",DIV(1),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X I $D(^(0)) S $P(^(0),U,1)=DIV,DIH=2.0361,DIG=.01 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,2.2) I DIV(1)>0 S DIK(0)=DA,DIK="^DPT(DIV(0),""E"",",DA(1)=DIV(0),DA=DIV(1) D ^DIK S DA=DIK(0) K DIK
    2.2)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,99.3) S X=$S('$D(^DIC(8,+$P(Y(102),U,1),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S D0=I(0,0) S D1=I(1,0) S DIU=X K Y
    3)= This trigger stuffs the ELIGIBILITY CODE into the PATIENT'S ELIGIBILITIES multiple.
    89.2)= S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),I(1,0)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),Y(2)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.36)):^(.36),1:"") S X="`",Y(1)=X S X=$P(Y(2),U,1),X=X S Y=X,X=Y(1),X=X S X=X
    89.3)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,89.2) S X=X_Y,X=X S X=X
    89.4)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,89.3) K DIC S Y=-1,DIC="^DPT(D0,""E"",",DIC(0)="NMFL",DIC("P")="2.0361P",DIU(1)=$S($D(DA(1)):DA(1),1:0),DA(1)=D0 D ^DIC:D0>0 S (D,D1,DIV(1))=+Y,DA(1)=DIU(1)
    99.2)= S I(0,0)=$S($D(D0):D0,1:""),I(1,0)=$S($D(D1):D1,1:""),Y(2)=DIV S X="`",Y(1)=X S X=$P(Y(2),U,1),X=X S Y=X,X=Y(1),X=X S X=X
    99.3)= X ^DD(2,.361,1,2,99.2) S X=X_Y K DIC S Y=-1,DIC="^DPT(D0,""E"",",DIC(0)="NMF" D ^DIC:D0>0 S (D,D1,DIV(1))=+Y S Y(102)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"E",D1,0)):^(0),1:"")
    CREATE VALUE)= INTERNAL(ELIGIBILITY CODE)
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    DIC)= LOOKUP
    DIK)= DELETE
    FIELD)= "`"_INTERNAL(ELIGIBILITY CODE):#361:#.01
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXR28^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I $S('$D(^DIC(8,+X,0)):0,$P(^(0),"^",1)["DOM":0,'$D(^DPT(DA,.36)):1,'$D(^DIC(8,+^(.36),0)):1,$P(^(0),"^",1)'["DOM":1,1:0) S DGXRF=.361 D ^DGDDC Q
    When the eligibility code is changed, this cross-reference removes the data in the ELIGIBILITY STATUS field. This only occurs if neither the original eligibility code nor the new eligibility code (the one being entered)
    is DOM. PATIENT. If either is DOM. PATIENT, no update occurs.
    Since the DOM. PATIENT eligibility is being inactivated with MAS 5.2, the conditional on this cross-reference will be removed in a future version of MAS.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEL^MUMPS
    1)= S ^DPT("AEL",DA,+X)="" D RESTORE^DGRP1152U(DA)
    2)= K ^DPT("AEL",DA,+X) I X=$$FIND1^DIC(8,"","B","COLLATERAL OF VET") D ARCHALL^DGRP1152U(DA)
    When an eligibility is being set, the SET logic will place the eligibility in the "AEL" cross reference and then invoke logic for handling the edit of the COLLATERAL OF VET eligibility.
    When an eligibility is deleted, the KILL logic will remove the item from the "AEL" cross reference and then check if "COLLATERAL OF VET" eligibility is being removed. If so, code is called to archive all CCP entries in the
    COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM sub-file (#2.191) of the PATIENT file (#2). The ARCHIVE (#.04) field of the CCP entry is set to 1.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR361^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFMD361 (#815) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: THhis x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE (#.361)field changes.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.361,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.361,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE (2,.361) (forwards)
.3611 ELIGIBILITY STATUS .361;1 SET
  • 'P' FOR PENDING VERIFICATION;
  • 'R' FOR PENDING RE-VERIFICATION;
  • 'V' FOR VERIFIED;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D EK^DGLOCK Q:'$D(X)
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 25, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the status of this patient's eligibility.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Select from the available listing the appropriate eligibility status for this applicant. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3616
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(2,.3611,1,1,1.1) X ^DD(2,.3611,1,1,1.4)
    1.1)= S X=DIV S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3611,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="VERIFIED"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.361)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3616 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.3611,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,1)_":",2),$C(59),1)'="VERIFIED"
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.361)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3616 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= ELIG STATUS="VERIFIED"
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
    DELETE CONDITION)= ELIG STATUS'="VERIFIED"
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3612
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC X ^DD(2,.3611,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.361)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3612 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE VALUE)= TODAY
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3611^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3612 ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE .361;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 07, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the current eligibility status was determined.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the effective date of the eligibility status (ELIG STATUS prompt). Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY STATUS field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3616
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.361)):^(.361),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"") X ^DD(2,.3612,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.361)):^(.361),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.361),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3616 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$S(($D(DUZ)#2):DUZ,1:"")
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTER
    When the ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE is updated through any option, the user entering the new date will be automatically put into the ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY field (field .3616).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3612^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3613 ELIGIBILITY VERIF. SOURCE .361;3 SET
  • 'H' FOR HEC;
  • 'V' FOR VISTA;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 15, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The entity verifying the eligibility of the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is used to restrict site ability to edit certain data elements when HEC has verified eligibility data.
.3614 ELIGIBILITY INTERIM RESPONSE .361;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the response concerning this aplicant's eligibility status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If an interim response has been received concerning this applicant's eligibility status enter the date received. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3615 ELIGIBILITY VERIF. METHOD .361;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X) D EK^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 07, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the method by which this patient's eligibility was verified [2-50 characters].
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the method in which the eligibility for this applicant was verified [between 2-50 characters]. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D EK^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3615^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3616 ELIGIBILITY STATUS ENTERED BY .361;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 06, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  The name of the user who certified this patient's current eligibility status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    When eligibility is verified (ELIG STATUS="VERIFIED") the name of the user who certified the verification.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY STATUS field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the ELIGIBILITY STATUS DATE field of the PATIENT File
.3617 USER ENROLLEE VALID THROUGH .361;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=$E(Y,1,3)_"0000" K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter valid Fiscal Year
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the Fiscal Year that the veteran's User Enrollee Status is valid through. This field is populated by the system, no user input is required.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3617^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3618 USER ENROLLEE SITE .361;8 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Valid Site
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the Site that determined the User Enrollee information for the Veteran. This field is populated by the system, no user input is required.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3618^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.362 DISABILITY RET. FROM MILITARY? .36;2 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES, RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT;
  • '2' FOR YES, RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT IN LIEU OF VA COMPENSATION;
  • '3' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 20, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Was this patient retired from the U.S. Armed forces due to an disability incurred while serving?
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D HLPMLDS^DGRPU
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AH^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= Q
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR362^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.36205 RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? .362;12 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this applicant receiving Aid and Attendance benefits?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is on A&A, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3621
    1)= X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36205,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.362)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3621 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,1,2.4)
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36205,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,12)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.362)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3621 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.36205="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.36205=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3621
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AJ^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if appropriate.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36205,1,3,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.36295
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR36205^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.3621 AMOUNT OF AID & ATTENDANCE .362;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,12)'="Y" W !?4,"Receipt of A&A Benefits not indicated." K X
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,12)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF A&A' prompt NO." K X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant is in receipt of A&A benefits enter the dollar amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who is receiving A&A benefits (ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF A&A prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [numeric 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are verified only users who hold the
    designated security key may enter/edit this field. Any dollar amount on file cannot be deleted as long as receipt of A&A benefits is indicated.
    f you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow the dollar figure with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3621,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
.36215 RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? .362;13 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this applicant in receipt of housebound benefits?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is housebound, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3622
    1)= X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36215,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3622 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,1,2.4)
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36215,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,13)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3622 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.36215="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.36215=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3622
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AL^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if appropriate.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36215,1,3,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.36295
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR36215^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.3622 AMOUNT OF HOUSEBOUND .362;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,13)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Receipt of Housebound Benefits not indicated." K X
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,13)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'IN RECEIPT OF HB BENEFITS' prompt NO." K X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant is in receipt of housebound benefits enter the dollars amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who is housebound (ARE YOU IN RECEIPT OF HB BENEFITS prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are verified only users who hold
    the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as receipt of housebound benefits is indicated.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed of follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3622,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
.36225 RECEIVING SOCIAL SECURITY? .362;15 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 06, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient in receipt of Social Security benefits?
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' is s/he is in receipt of social security benefits, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may
    enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3623
    1)= X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36225,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3623 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    2)= X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36225,1,1,2.4)
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36225,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,15)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3623 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.36225="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.36225=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3623
.3623 *AMOUNT OF SOCIAL SECURITY .362;3 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) X ^DD(2,.3623,9.2)
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,15)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Not in receipt of Social Security benefits." K X
    9.3 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,15)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'IN RECEIPT OF SOCIAL SECURITY' prompt NO." K X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 09, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant is in receipt of Social Security benefits enter the dollar amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who is in receipt of social security insurance (IN RECEIPT OF SOCIAL SECURITY prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are
    verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field may not be deleted as long as receipt of social security benefits is indicated.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3623,9.3):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING SOCIAL SECURITY? field of the PATIENT File
.36235 RECEIVING A VA PENSION? .362;14 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 18, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient receiving a VA pension?
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he is in receipt of a pension from the Dept of Veterans Affairs, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Answering "yes" will prompt you to enter a Pension Award Effective Date and Pension
    Award Reason. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users holding the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3624
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.36235,0)),U,3) S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59))="NO" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X
    ="" X ^DD(2,.36235,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3624 D ^DICR
    2)= X ^DD(2,.36235,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.3624 D ^DICR
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,.36235,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,14)_":",2),$C(59))=""
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.36235="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.36235=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= AMOUNT OF VA PENSION
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AM^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if appropriate.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.36295
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36235,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,20),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36235,1,3,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(.362),U,20)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.36295 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= S X='$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DA)
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.36295
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR36235^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.3624 AMOUNT OF VA PENSION .362;4 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X) X ^DD(2,.3624,9.3)
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,14)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'ARE YOU RECEIVING A VA PENSION' prompt NO." K X
    9.3 = X ^DD(2,.3624,9.4) I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DFN,.3)),$P(^(.3),U,3)]"" W !?4,*7,"Already receiving Disability payment monies...Can't receive both!!" K X Q
    9.4 = I $D(^DPT(DFN,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,14)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Receipt of VA Pension benefits not indicated." K X Q
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant is receiving a VA pension enter the dollar amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who is in receipt of a pension from the Dept of Veterans Affairs (ARE YOU RECEIVING A VA PENSION prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary
    benefits are verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field may not be deleted as long as receipt of VA pension is indicated.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either precede or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3624,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A VA PENSION? field of the PATIENT File
.3625 *AMOUNT OF MILITARY RETIREMENT .362;5 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,16)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Not in receipt of Military Retirement benefits." K X
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,14)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'IN RECEIPT OF MILITARY RETIREMENT' prompt NO." K X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant is receiving military retirement enter the dollar amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran who is in receipt of military retirement (IN RECEIPT OF MILIT RETIREMENT prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 0-99999]. Once monetary benefits are verified only users
    who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as receipt of military retirement is indicated.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3625,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT? field of the PATIENT File
.36255 RECEIVING MILITARY RETIREMENT? .362;16 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 06, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient receiving military retirement?
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he receives a military retirement, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
    field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3625
    1)= X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36255,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3625 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    2)= X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36255,1,1,2.4)
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36255,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,16)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,4,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,6,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,5),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,4)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3625 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.36255="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.36255=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3625
.3626 AMOUNT OF GI INSURANCE .362;6 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>999999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),$D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,17)'="Y" W !?4,*7,"Applicant doesn't have GI Insurance." K X
    9.2 = I $D(^DPT(DA,.362)),$P(^(.362),U,17)="Y" W !?4,*7,"Delete by answering 'DO YOU HAVE GI INSURANCE' prompt NO." K X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant does have GI Insurance enter the amount for which insured.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who does have GI insurance (DO YOU HAVE GI INSURANCE prompt must be answered YES) enter the amount received [a number between 1 and 999999]. Once monetary benefits are verified only users who
    hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as the veteran is identified as holding GI insurance.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK X ^DD(2,.3626,9.2):$D(X) I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the GI INSURANCE POLICY? field of the PATIENT File
.36265 GI INSURANCE POLICY? .362;17 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 06, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Does this applicant have a GI Insurance policy?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he has GI insurance, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.3626
    1)= X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36265,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3626 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    2)= X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,2.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,.36265,1,1,2.4)
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.36265,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.362)):^(.362),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,17)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.362)):^(.362),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.362)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.3626 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DI
    G,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.36265="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #.36265=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #.3626
.3627 AMOUNT OF SSI .362;7 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this applicant is receiving Supplemental Security Income (SSI) enter the dollar amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the dollar amount of social security insurance s/he receives [a number between 1-99999]. Leave blank if none received. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the
    designated security key may enter/edit this field.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.36275 RECEIVING SUP. SECURITY (SSI)? .362;19 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 01, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Does this patient receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI)?
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains a yes or no reponse indicating whether this patient receives supplemental social security insurance. This field is being *'d for deletion and will be removed in a future release of MAS. This data is
    no longer updated by the MAS package.
  • GROUP:  MB
.3628 AMOUNT OF OTHER RETIREMENT .362;8 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this patient receives retirment from another source enter the dollar amount received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the amount of other retirement s/he is in receipt of [a number between 1-99999]. Leave blank if none received. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated
    security key may enter/edit this field.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiple it out for you.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.36285 TYPE OF OTHER RETIREMENT .362;18 SET
  • 'B' FOR BLACK LUNG;
  • 'M' FOR MILITARY;
  • 'C' FOR CIVIL;
  • 'R' FOR RAILROAD;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;
  • 'X' FOR COMBINATIONS OF TYPES;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 28, 1986
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this patient receives retirement from another source choose from the available listing the source of that retirement.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant choose from the available list the type of other retirement s/he is in receipt of, if any. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated security key may
    enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3629 AMOUNT OF OTHER INCOME .362;9 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>999999)!(X<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If applicable, enter the dollar amount of other income received per year.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter the amount of other personal income s/he is in receipt of [a number between 1-999999]. Leave blank if none. Once monetary benefits have been verified only users who hold the designated
    security key may enter/edit this field.
    If you wish to enter a monthly amount either preceed or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.36295 TOTAL ANNUAL VA CHECK AMOUNT .362;20 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D DOL^DGLOCK2 K:+X'=X&(X'?.N1"."2N)!(X>99999)!(X<0) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK I $D(X),('$$TOTCHK^DGLOCK2(DFN)) D TOTCKMSG^DGLOCK2 K X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 02, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the total annual VA Check amount for A&A, Housebound, Pension, and Disability.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this applicant is receiving A&A, Housebound, Pension, and/or Disability payments from the VA (at least one of the YES/NO questions relating to the above must be answered YES), enter the annual amount received (0-99999).
    Once monetary benefits are verified, only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field may not be deleted as long as recipt of VA funds is indicated by one of the four fields related to
    A&A, Housebound, Pension, and Disability. If you wish to enter a monthly amount either precede or follow it with an asterisk and I'll multiply it out for you.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Contains the total annual benefit amount for A&A, Housebound, Pension and Disabilty.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D MV^DGLOCK D:$D(X) TOTCKDEL^DGLOCK2 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  MB
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVING A VA PENSION? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AQ^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    This cross-reference is used to determine whether or not a means test is required.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR36295^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.363 PRIMARY LONG ID .36;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>15!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-15 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the patient's long ID associated with the patient's PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE. For most patients this is the Social Security Number.
    No user input is needed for this field. It is automatically updated when the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE field is entered and edited.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the LONG ID field of the PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES sub-field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AHL7^MUMPS
    1)= N NX,REG,VAFHDFN S VAFHDFN=DA,NX=X,X="VAFHDD" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") I $T S REG=$$EN^VAFHREG() D:REG=0 SET^VAFHUTL2 S X=NX,DA=VAFHDFN
    2)= N NX,REG,VAFHDFN S VAFHDFN=DA,NX=X,X="VAFHDD" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") I $T S REG=$$EN^VAFHREG() D:REG=0 KILL^VAFHUTL2(DA,NX) S:REG'=0 VAFHMRG="",VAFHBEF=NX S X=NX,DA=VAFHDFN
    This x-ref is used to catch changes to the Primary Long ID It will cause an A34 (Merge) HL7 message to be fired. The A34 message will not be generated during patient registration.
.364 PRIMARY SHORT ID .36;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>7!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 04, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-7 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the patient's short ID associated with the patient's PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE. For most patients this is the last four digits of the Social Security Number.
    No user input is needed for this field. It is automatically updated when the PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE field is entered and edited.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the SHORT ID field of the PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES sub-field of the PATIENT File
.368 SERVICE DENTAL INJURY? .36;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this patient incur a dental injury while serving in the military?
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if a dental injury was incurred while serving in the U.S. Armed Forces, or 'N' if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may
    enter/edit this field.
  • GROUP:  SVC
.369 SERVICE TEETH EXTRACTED? .36;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this patient have teeth extracted while in military service?
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if teeth were extracted while serving in the U.S. Armed Forces, or 'N' if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this
    field.
  • GROUP:  SVC
.37 DATE OF DENTAL TREATMENT .37;0 DATE Multiple #2.11 2.11

  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this patient had a dental injury or teeth extracted while in service enter the date(s) of treatment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who either incurred a dental injury (DENTAL INJURY IN SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) or had teeth extracted (TEETH EXTRACTED IN SERVICE prompt must be answered YES) while serving in the
    U.S. Armed Forces enter the date of dental treatment received. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • GROUP:  SVC
.3721 RATED DISABILITIES (VA) .372;0 POINTER Multiple #2.04 2.04

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Choose from the available listing those disabilities fro which this patient has been rated by the VA.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    From the available listing choose and enter conditions for which the applicant has been verified as being service connected. Only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • GROUP:  DIS1
  • INDEXED BY:  RATED DISABILITIES (VA) & DISABILITY % & SERVICE CONNECTED (ARD)
.3731 SERVICE CONNECTED CONDITIONS .373;0 Multiple #2.05 2.05

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter those conditions [1-30 characters] for which patient claims service connection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter conditions as stated by applicant for which s/he claims service connection [1-30 characters].
  • GROUP:  DIS1
.381 ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID? .38;1 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient eligible to receive medicaid coverage?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter yes if this patient is eligible to receive medicaid coverage. Otherwise, answer no.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    If yes is answered to this question, a means test will NOT be required.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AMT^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= Q
    This cross-ref calls the means test software. If answered yes, a means test is not required.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR381^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.382 DATE MEDICAID LAST ASKED .38;2 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 08, 1994
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a date indicating the date the 'ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID' question was last asked of this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the date/time the 'ELIGIBLE FOR MEDICAID' question was last asked of this veteran. This data must be asked on a yearly basis as it affects the requirement for a means test (a negative response results in a means
    test not being required).
    This field will be stored automatically by the MAS module when editing data on registration or load/edit screen 7. It will not appear for editing.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR382^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.383 MEDICAID NUMBER .38;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 21, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's assigned MEDICAID Number, must be 3-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the patient's assigned MEDICAID number.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU383^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
.3851 PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE .385;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EPX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D H^DGUTL I $G(X)>0 S DFN=DA D DTCHK^DGRP7CP
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 17, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Original Effective Date that Pension Entitlement was awarded to the Veteran by VBA.
  • DESCRIPTION:  It is the Effective Date that the patient was awarded VA Pension Entitlement of Original Award by VBA. This field is optional. But if entered, must be a precise date (Month/Day/Year) (00/00/0000). This date cannot be a
    future date. This date also cannot be before the veteran's 16th birthday.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3851^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is called in response
    to enrollment events to notify HEC of
    changes that may affect enrollment. A call
    is made to the IVM Patient file to determine
    whether transmission is appropriate for this
    patient. Executing this cross-reference
    will result in the following file and field
    changes:
    IVM PATIENT file (#301.5)
    Field: TRANSMISSION STATUS (#.03)
    Sets the value of the TRANSMISSION STATUS
    field of the IVM PATIENT file for a
    particular record to 0, meaning transmission
    is requested.
.3852 PENSION AWARD REASON .385;2 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18) PENSION AWARD REASONS(#27.18)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S:($G(X)]"")&(X'?1P.P) X=$$UPPER^DGUTL(X) S X=$$LOWER^DGUTL(X) S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^(0)),U)[""Original Award""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 18, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the Pension Award Reason.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the Pension Award Reason only if VA Pension (#.36235) field is equal to "Yes". VistA users are only allowed to enter a Pension Award Reason of "Original Award" (106). This field is optional. If Pension Award Reason
    is entered, an Award Date must be entered.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P($G(^(0)),U)[""Original Award"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Only ORIGINAL AWARD can be entered.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3852^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3853 PENSION TERMINATED DATE .385;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  When was the Pension Terminated?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The date that the Pension was terminated. The Pension Terminated Date is not editable.
.3854 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 1 .385;4 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18) PENSION AWARD REASONS(#27.18)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 10, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  What is the first Pension Terminated Reason?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The first Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
.3855 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 2 .385;5 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18) PENSION AWARD REASONS(#27.18)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 10, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  What is the second Pension Terminated Reason?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The second Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
.3856 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 3 .385;6 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18) PENSION AWARD REASONS(#27.18)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 10, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  What is the third Pension Terminated Reason?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The third Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
.3857 PENSION TERMINATED REASON 4 .385;7 POINTER TO PENSION AWARD REASONS FILE (#27.18) PENSION AWARD REASONS(#27.18)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 10, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  What is the fourth Pension Terminated Reason?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The fourth Reason for the Pension Termination. This field is not editable.
.3858 CLASS II DENTAL INDICATOR .385;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Class II Dental Indicator as described in the VBA Military Service data.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Class II Dental Indication is for Veterans having a SC non-compensable dental condition(s) or disability shown to have been in existence at the time of discharge or release from active duty (after September 30, 1981).
    Treatment may be authorized, as reasonably necessary, for a one-time correction of the SC non-compensable condition under certain conditions (38 CFR § 17.16).
.3859 DENTAL APPL DUE BEFORE DATE .385;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Dental Application Due Before date as described in the VBA Military Service data.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    An application for Class II Dental treatment must be made within 180 days after discharge or release (38 CFR § 17.160).
.386 PENSION INDICATOR LOCK .385;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 05, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is the Pension Indicator field locked by ESR?
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is used to restrict the site's ability to edit the Pension Indicator field 'RECEIVING A VA PENSION?'(#.36253) field. Once an incoming message is received from ESR with any Pension Data, the Pension Indicator
    field becomes 'display only' and is not editable by the VistA user.
.3861 PENSION AWARD LOCK .385;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 05, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Are the Pension Award fields locked by ESR?
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is used to restrict the site's ability to edit the Pension Award fields 'PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE'(#.3851) field and 'PENSION AWARD REASON'(#.3852) field. Once an incoming message is received from ESR with
    a 'PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE'(#.3851) field and with a 'PENSION AWARD REASON' (#.3852) field of 'ORIGINAL AWARD', or with a 'PENSION TERMINATED REASON'(#.3854,#.3855, #.3856 or #.3857) field that does not have a NULL
    value, then the 'PENSION AWARD EFFECTIVE DATE' (#.3851) field and 'PENSION AWARD REASON' (#.3852) field become 'display only' and are not editable by the VistA user.
.39 VETERAN CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED? .39;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 02, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a Yes or No for whether the patient is Catastrophically Disabled.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field states whether or not the patient is a veteran who has been determined to meet the criteria for CATASTROPHICALLY DISABLED.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^VCD^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    This cross-reference is used to auto-update the patients PATIENT ENROLLMENT (#27.11) record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVCDMT^MUMPS
    1)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
    2)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
    This cross-reference calls the Means Test software. If answered 'YES', then a Means Test is not required and the Rx Copay is exempt. Executing this cross-reference will result in the following file and field changes:
    ANNUAL MEANS TEST FILE (#408.31)
    Field: STATUS (#.03)
    When a veteran is determined to be Catastrophically Disabled, the STATUS field is set to NO LONGER APPLICABLE.
    When a Catastrophically Disabled veteran is no longer determined to be Catastrophically Disabled, then the STATUS field is set to one of the sixteen possible Means Test statuses.
    BILLING EXEMPTIONS FILE (#354.1)
    Field: STATUS (#.04)
    When a veteran is determined to be Catastrophically Disabled, the STATUS field is set to EXEMPT.
    When a Catastrophically Disabled veteran is no longer determined to be Catastrophically Disabled, then the STATUS field is set to NON-EXEMPT.
.391 DECIDED BY .39;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<3) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 20, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the VA staff physician who made the decision that the patient was catastrophically disabled.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The name of the VA staff physician who made the determination that the patient was catastrophically disabled.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR391^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.392 DATE OF DECISION .39;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:($G(DT)&($G(X)>$G(DT))) X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the decision was made.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The date the catastrophic disability determination was made.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR392^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.393 FACILITY MAKING DETERMINATION .39;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 20, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the VAMC that made the catastrophic disability determination.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The VAMC that made the catastrophic disability determination.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR393^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.394 REVIEW DATE .39;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 20, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the catastrophic disability determination was made.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The date that a review to determine Catastrophic Disability was made. This review may be a medical record review or physical exam review.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR394^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.395 METHOD OF DETERMINATION .39;5 SET
  • '2' FOR MEDICAL RECORD REVIEW;
  • '3' FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Method of Determination that patient is Catastrophically Disabled.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Added in order to document the review method of how the decision to assign a CD status was determined.
    Determination may be made by reviewing the veteran's medical record or by performing a physical examination of the veteran. In the future, the capability to fully automate the record review process will be added to the
    system.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR395^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3951 DATE VETERAN REQUESTED CD EVAL .39;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 30, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter date veteran requested Catastrophically Disabled evaluation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Documents the date the veteran requested Catastrophically Disabled evaluation.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3951^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3952 DATE FACILITY INITIATED REVIEW .39;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 12, 2014
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the VA facility initiated the Catastrophically Disabled review.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Documents the date the VA facility initiated the Catastrophically Disabled review.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3952^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.3953 DATE VETERAN WAS NOTIFIED .39;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 12, 2014
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the veteran was notified of the Catastrophically Disabled decision.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Documents the date the veteran was notified of the Catastrophically Disabled decision by the VA facility.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR3953^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.396 CD STATUS DIAGNOSES .396;0 POINTER Multiple #2.396 2.396

  • DESCRIPTION:  This file contains one or more Diagnoses, which provide the Catastrophic Disability Reasons the patient has been found to be catastrophically disabled.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DGEN(27.17,Y,0),U,2)=""D"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Must point to a CD REASON that is a diagnosis.
.397 CD STATUS PROCEDURES .397;0 POINTER Multiple #2.397 2.397

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The status procedure must be a valid procedure in the CD Reasons File (#27.17).
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DGEN(27.17,Y,0),U,2)=""P"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Must select a CD REASON that is a valid procedure.
.398 CD STATUS CONDITIONS .398;0 POINTER Multiple #2.398 2.398

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains one or more Conditions, which provide the Catastrophic Disability Reasons the patient has been found to be catastrophically disabled.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DGEN(27.17,Y,0),U,2)=""C"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Must specify a CD REASON that is a condition.
.399 CD HISTORY DATE .399;0 DATE Multiple #2.399 2.399

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Documents the Catastrophically Disabled History dates for the patient.
.401 CD DESCRIPTORS .401;0 POINTER Multiple #2.401 2.401

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 01, 2014
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains one or more Descriptors, which provide the Catastrophic Disability Reasons the patient has been found to be catastrophically disabled.
.525 POW STATUS INDICATED? .52;5 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D POWV^DGLOCK I $D(X) D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 22, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Was this patient a Prisoner of War?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he was confined as a prisoner of war, 'N' if not, or 'U' if unknown. Once the POW Status is verified by the HEC, it is no longer editable.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  PW
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.526
    1)= X ^DD(2,.525,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(22,+$P(Y(1),U,6),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.525,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.525,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,5,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,7,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,6),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,5)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.526 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= POW WAR
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.527
    1)= X ^DD(2,.525,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,7) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.525,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.525,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,6,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,8,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,7),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,6)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.527 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.525="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= POW FROM DATE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.528
    1)= X ^DD(2,.525,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,8) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.525,1,3,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.525,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,7,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,9,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,8),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,7)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.528 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #.525="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.528
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR525^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AMTR^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR K DGREQF
    This cross-reference is used to determine whether or not a means test is required.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENRL525^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW STATUS INDICATED? field.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC525 (#627) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.525,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,.525,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): POW STATUS INDICATED? (2,.525) (forwards)
.526 POW CONFINEMENT LOCATION .52;6 POINTER TO POW PERIOD FILE (#22)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
POW PERIOD(#22)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA,DGCOMLOC=X D POW^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this former POW enter the war in which confined.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was confined as a prisoner of war (WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR prompt must be answered YES) enter the war during which confined. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold
    the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as applicant is identified as a former POW.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D POWD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  PW
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the POW STATUS INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR526^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW CONFINEMENT LOCATION field.
.527 POW FROM DATE .52;7 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"POW",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D POW^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X D DOB^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this former POW enter the date confinement commenced.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was confined as a prisoner of war (WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which confinement commenced. Once the service record is verified only those users
    who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as applicant is identified as a former POW.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D POWD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  PW
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the POW STATUS INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR527^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW FROM DATE field.
.528 POW TO DATE .52;8 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"POW",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D POW^DGLOCK I $D(X) D DOB^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this former POW enter the date confinement ended.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who was confined as a prisoner of war (WERE YOU A PRISONER OF WAR prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which confinement ended. Once the service record is verified only those users who
    hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as applicant is identified as a former POW.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D POWD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  PW
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the POW STATUS INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR528^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the POW TO DATE field.
.529 POW STATUS VERIFIED .52;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 22, 2006
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the date/time that the POW status was received from HEC. Once the POW status has been received from HEC, it can no longer be edited by the site.
.5291 COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? .52;11 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Did this patient serve in combat?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For this veteran applicant enter 'Y' if s/he served in a combat zone, or 'N' if not. Once the service record is verified only users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D SV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  CS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.5292
    1)= X ^DD(2,.5291,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$S('$D(^DIC(22,+$P(Y(1),U,12),0)):"",1:$P(^(0),U,1)) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.5291,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,11,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,13,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,12),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,11)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5292 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,11,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,13,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,12),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,11)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5292 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT=""
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= COMBAT WHERE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.5293
    1)= X ^DD(2,.5291,1,2,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.5291,1,2,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,12,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,14,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,13),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,12)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5293 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,12,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,14,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,13),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,12)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5293 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT=""
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= COMBAT FRO
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.5294
    1)= X ^DD(2,.5291,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,.5291,1,3,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)="NO"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,13,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,15,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,14),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,13)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5294 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,.5291,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,11)_":",2),$C(59),1)=""
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)):^(.52),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,13,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,15,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,14),^(.52)=$P(DIH,U,1,13)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.5294 D ^DICR
    CREATE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT="NO"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= IN COMBAT=""
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= COMBAT TO DATE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR5291^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AI^MUMPS
    1)= D CSI1010^DGENDD(DA)
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS xref will trigger an update to the COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ field (2/1010.157), so that when COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? is "NO," COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ is set to "NO."
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.5292 COMBAT SERVICE LOCATION .52;12 POINTER TO POW PERIOD FILE (#22)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
POW PERIOD(#22)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA S DGCOMLOC=X D COM^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 10, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this combat veteran enter the war in which combat service was incurred.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran applicant who served in a combat zone (IN COMBAT prompt must be answered YES) enter the zone in which s/he served. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key
    may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as combat service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D COMD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  CS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR5292^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT SERVICE LOCATION field.
.5293 COMBAT FROM DATE .52;13 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"COMB",X) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D COM^DGLOCK I $D(X) S DGFRDT=X D DOB^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this combat veteran enter the date combat service commenced.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran who served in a combat zone (IN COMBAT prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which combat service commenced. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security
    key may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as combat service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D COMD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  CS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR5293^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT FROM DATE field.
.5294 COMBAT TO DATE .52;14 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:'$$VALCON^DGRPMS(DA,"COMB",X,1) X I $D(X) S DFN=DA D COM^DGLOCK I $D(X) D DOB^DGHELP
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this combat veteran enter the date combat service ended.
  • DESCRIPTION:  For this veteran who served in a combat zone (IN COMBAT prompt must be answered YES) enter the date on which combat service ended. Once the service record is verified only those users who hold the designated security key
    may enter/edit this field. This field cannot be deleted as long as combat service is indicated.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D COMD^DGLOCK1 I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  CS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR5294^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    This MUMPS cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT TO DATE field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AK^MUMPS
    1)= D CTD1010^DGENDD(DA)
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS xref will trigger an update to the COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ field (2/1010.157), so that when COMBAT SERVICE INDICATED? (2/.5291) is "YES" and COMBAT TO DATE (2/.5294) is greater that 11/11/1998, COMBAT
    INDICATED ON 1010EZ is set to "YES."
    Conversely, if COMBAT TO DATE is less than or equal to 11/11/1998, COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ will be set to "NO."
  • RECORD INDEXES:  ACVCOM (#303)
.5295 COMBAT VETERAN END DATE .52;15 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 08, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field represents the last day for combat vet eligibility. This field will only be populated by cross-reference when the veteran's combat vet eligibility has been determined. This value will remain after the combat vet
    eligibility period has expired.
  • GROUP:  CS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR5295^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes to the COMBAT VETERAN END DATE field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.5296
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)),DIV=X S $P(^(.52),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.5296 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.52)):^(.52),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,16),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DT S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.52)),DIV=X S $P(^(.52),U,16)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.5296 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=DT
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=DT
    FIELD)= CV
    This trigger x-ref is used to update the date stamp when the CV Eligibility End date is edited.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR52951^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.5296 CV DATE EDITED .52;16 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 11, 2003
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The CV DATE EDITED field will be stuffed with the current date whenever the COMBAT VET END DATE field (.5295) is changed.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the COMBAT VETERAN END DATE field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^E
    1)= S ^DPT("E",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("E",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This cross reference will be used for a Lookup of the CV Date Edited field, so that veterans assigned CV Status Eligibility sduring certain time frames can be pulled into a report.
.531 CURRENT PH INDICATOR .53;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DFN=DA D VET^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 26, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Yes' if patient is a Purple Heart Recipient and is a veteran.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field can be entered by the local site if currently null. Subsequent editing can be done only by the HEC. A response of 'Yes' can be entered only if the patient is a veteran,
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^D
    1)= S ^DPT("D",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("D",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    Cross-reference on Current PH Indicator to be used for look-ups and sorting.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR531^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current Patient Enrollment record.
.532 CURRENT PURPLE HEART STATUS .53;2 SET
  • '1' FOR PENDING;
  • '2' FOR IN PROCESS;
  • '3' FOR CONFIRMED;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 22, 2000
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field cannot be edited locally. If Current Purple Heart Indicator is set to 'Yes' by the local site, a Current Purple Heart Status of 'Pending' will be stuffed into the field. Other editing or updating is done by
    the HEC.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^C
    1)= S ^DPT("C",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("C",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    Cross-reference on Current PH Status, to be used for look-ups.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR532^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC that may affect enrollment.
.533 CURRENT PURPLE HEART REMARKS .53;3 SET
  • '1' FOR UNACCEPTABLE DOCUMENTATION;
  • '2' FOR NO DOCUMENTATION REC'D;
  • '3' FOR ENTERED IN ERROR;
  • '4' FOR UNSUPPORTED PURPLE HEART;
  • '5' FOR VAMC;
  • '6' FOR UNDELIVERABLE MAIL;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 15, 2000
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field cannot be edited locally. If Current Purple Heart Indicator isset to 'No' by the local site, a Current Purple Heart Remarks of 'VAMC' will be stuffed into the field. Other editing or updating is done by the
    HEC.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR533^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
.535 PH DIVISION .53;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 2001
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    When site enters a value for CURRENT PH Indicator, a prompt for PH Division will appear. This field will point to the INSTITUTION file (#4), and will hold the division where the PH request was initiated.
.541 CURRENT MOH INDICATOR .54;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 16, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient is a Veteran, enter 'Y' if Medal of Honor has been awarded, 'N' if Medal of Honor was revoked or set in error, or leave field blank if Medal of Honor has never been awarded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field cannot be edited in VistA. It is set by the Z11 Upload from HEC. A response of 'YES' or 'NO' is indicated only if the patient is a Veteran.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    UNEDITABLE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AMHEN^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to update the patient's current PATIENT ENROLLMENT (#27.11) record.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AMHMT^MUMPS
    1)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
    2)= N DFN,DGMT,DGNOCOPF,DGREQF,DGWRT,IVMZ10F S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTR
    This cross-ref calls the Means Test software. If the PATIENT file (#2), CURRENT MOH INDICATOR field (#.541) is set to 'YES', then the PATIENT file (#2), CURRENT MEANS TEST STATUS field (#.14) is set to '3'. '3' is a
    pointer to the MEANS TEST STATUS file (#408.32) and indicates that the Means Test is 'NO LONGER REQUIRED.'
.542 MOH AWARD DATE .54;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 18, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient is a Veteran, enter the date the Medal of Honor was awarded. The date cannot be in the future.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field cannot be edited in VistA. It is set by the Z11 upload from HEC. A date is indicated only if the patient is a Veteran.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.543 MOH STATUS DATE .54;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 18, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient is a Veteran, enter the date the MOH Indicator or the MOH Award Date was last modified. The date cannot be in the future.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field cannot be edited in VistA. It is set by the Z11 upload from HEC. A date is indicated only if the patient is a Veteran.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.544 MOH COPAYMENT EXEMPTION DATE .54;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 18, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient is a Veteran, enter the date the Veteran is eligible for exemption from payments for healthcare, prescriptions and long-term care. The date cannot be in the future.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field cannot be edited in VistA. This date is determined by the VistA system based off Medal of Honor Award Date and Legislation date. A date is indicated only if the patient is a Veteran.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.5501 EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE .55;1 SET
  • 'OTH-90' FOR EMERGENT MH OTH;
  • 'OTH-EXT' FOR EXTENDED MH OTH;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 24, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the expanded mental health care type justifying the EXPANDED MH CARE eligibility selection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field stores the EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE which indicates the expanded mental health care authority that the patient should be treated under.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    The value stored in this field should match the eligibility factor type set up in the Enrollment system.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR5501^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AEXPMH (#1563) REGULAR IR SORTING ONLY
    Short Descr: This index is used to print a report for Expanded Mental Health Non-Veterans
    Description: This index is used by a report which shows all patients who have a primary eligibility of Expanded Mental Health care, and an eligibility factor of Other Than Honorable discharge with Combat or Other Than Honorable
    Military discharge with Military Sexual Trauma.
    Set Logic: S ^DPT("AEXPMH",X,DA)=""
    Kill Logic: K ^DPT("AEXPMH",X,DA)
    Whole Kill: K ^DPT("AEXPMH")
    X(1): EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE (2,.5501) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
.5502 AUTOMATIC CHANGE DATE .55;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 27, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter date/time of automatic change of MH care type.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains date/time of the last automatic change of EXPANDED MH CARE TYPE field (.5501) via index in file 29.11 for OTH patients.
.5601 PRESUMPTIVE PSYCHOSIS CATEGORY .56;1 SET
  • 'REJ' FOR REJECTED DUE TO INCOME;
  • 'LES' FOR LESS THAN 24 MONTHS SERVICE;
  • 'OTH' FOR FSM WITH OTH (PP ONLY);
  • 'DEC' FOR VETERAN DECLINES ENROLLMENT;
  • 'ACD' FOR ACDUTRA;
  • 'DVA' FOR DVA 12D W/CH 17, SEEN FOR SC/MST;
  • 'ENR' FOR ENROLLED;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 29, 2022
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Please select the Presumptive Psychosis category
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field stores the category of Presumptive Psychosis. **DG*5.3*1082 removed the ability to edit this field. All edits must now be made in the VHA Enrollment System.**
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
.571 INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION .57;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 03, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES or NO, as answered by the Applicant on the 1010EZ or 1010EZR in response to the Are you an Indian question.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the value from the "Are you an Indian" question on the 1010EZ, 1010EZR, or the online application as answered by the applicant.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.575
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.575 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,5),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,5)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.575 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM
    This cross-reference will be used to update the Date/Time stamp for an Indian Self Identification change.
.572 INDIAN START DATE .57;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 05, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first date on which the Enrolled Veteran may not be billed for VHA services.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field shall store the date on which an Enrolled Veteran will no longer be billed for certain VHA services.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
.573 INDIAN ATTESTATION DATE .57;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X K:Y>DT X K:Y=-1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 03, 2023
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Stamp Date from the hard copy 1010EZ or 1010EZR. If no Stamp Date was indicated, enter today's date. The date cannot be in the future.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will contain the date on which an applicant or previously enrolled Veteran informed the VA of their status as an Indian.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.574 INDIAN END DATE .57;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 05, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION was changed from YES to NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field shall store the date on which the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field was changed from YES to NO.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
.575 INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM .57;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 02, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Date and Time the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field was updated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the system generated timestamp of the last edit date and time of the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field.
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.576
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.576 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.57)):^(.57),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,6),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$G(DUZ) S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),.57)),DIV=X S $P(^(.57),U,6)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=.576 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$G(DUZ)
    FIELD)= INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE USER
    This cross-reference will record the user who has just changed the patient's Indian Self Identification field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AINC
    1)= S ^DPT("AINC",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AINC",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    (Reference ICR#7300)
.576 INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE USER .57;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 04, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the user that edited the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the local name of the user that last edited the INDIAN SELF IDENTIFICATION field.
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the INDIAN SELF IDENT CHANGE DT/TM field of the PATIENT File
.6 TEST PATIENT INDICATOR 0;21 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 26, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  THIS FIELD IS USED TO INDENTIFY TEST PATIENTS
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is set by the 'ATP' cross reference on the Social Security Number field (.09) when an SSN containing five leading zeros is entered.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field is used to indentify test patients in the Patient file (#2). It is not editable from any options, it is set by the 'ATP' cross reference on the SSN field (.09) for all SSNs with five leading zeros.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ATEST^MUMPS
    1)= I X S ^DPT("ATEST",DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ATEST",DA)
    This cross reference is set for test patients only. If the SSN of a patient has five leading zeros then this cross reference is set. Otherwise, no cross reference will be created. This field is populated by the 'ATP' cross
    reference on the SSN field (.09).
1 ALIAS .01;0 Multiple #2.01 2.01

  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this patient is known by another name enter that name.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this applicant is known by any name other than that entered in the NAME field enter that/those other name(s) here. Any entry to this field will be cross-referenced and the applicant may be called up using this alias.
  • GROUP:  DEMOG
  • INDEXED BY:  ALIAS (AVAFC20101)
1.01 NAME COMPONENTS NAME;1 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.01.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.02 K-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;2 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.211.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.03 K2-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;3 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2191.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.04 FATHER'S NAME COMPONENTS NAME;4 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2401.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.05 MOTHER'S NAME COMPONENTS NAME;5 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 25, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2402.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.06 MOTHERS MAIDEN NAME COMPONENTS NAME;6 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.2403.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.07 E-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;7 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.331.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.08 E2-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;8 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 25, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.3311.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
1.09 D-NAME COMPONENTS NAME;9 POINTER TO NAME COMPONENTS FILE (#20) NAME COMPONENTS(#20)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 25, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field contains a pointer to the NAME COMPONENTS record associated with field #.341.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
2 RACE INFORMATION .02;0 POINTER Multiple #2.02 2.02

  • INDEXED BY:  RACE INFORMATION (AVAFC20201)
3 ENROLLMENT CLINIC DE;0 POINTER Multiple #2.001 2.001

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This multiple field contains the data relating to clinic enrollments for this patient.
6 ETHNICITY INFORMATION .06;0 POINTER Multiple #2.06 2.06

  • INDEXED BY:  ETHNICITY INFORMATION (AONLYONE), ETHNICITY INFORMATION (AVAFC20601)
7 LANGUAGE DATE/TIME .207;0 DATE Multiple #2.07 2.07

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 30, 2016
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    These are the dates/times the preferred language information was given by the patient and recorded in the Patient File.
25.01 CURRENT HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN HBP;0 POINTER Multiple #2.2511 2.2511

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This multiple contains all the information related to the current Health Benefit Plan(s) for the patient.
25.02 HISTORY HEALTH BENEFIT PLAN HBP1;0 DATE Multiple #2.2512 2.2512

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This multiple contains the history of the Health Benefit Plans that are assigned or unassigned to a patient.
27.01 CURRENT ENROLLMENT ENR;1 POINTER TO PATIENT ENROLLMENT FILE (#27.11) PATIENT ENROLLMENT(#27.11)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's current enrollment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The patient's current enrollment.
    UNEDITABLE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENRC^MUMPS
    1)= D SET1^DGENDD(DA,X)
    2)= D KILL1^DGENDD(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This index sorts the patients by their current enrollment status. The ENROLLMENT STATUS field of the PATIENT ENROLLMENT file also triggers this cross-reference.
    The format of the index is: ^DPT("AENRC",,)=""
  • FIELD INDEX:  ADGFM27D01 (#810) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point if the CURRENT ENROLLMENT (#27.01) field changes.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,27.01,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,27.01,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): CURRENT ENROLLMENT (2,27.01) (forwards)
27.02 PREFERRED FACILITY ENR;2 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$PFTF^DGREGDD(Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 30, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the facility that the patient chooses to designate as his primary location for care.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The facility that the patient chooses to designate as his preferred location for care. The facility must have one of the following facility types:
    CBOC (Community Based Outpatient Clinic)
    HCS (Health Care System)
    HEALTHCARE (VA Boston Health Care System)
    M&ROC (Medical and Regional Office Center)
    MOC (Mobile Outpatient Clinic)
    MORC (Mobile Outreach Clinic)
    NETWORK (VA Healthcare Network Upstate NY)
    NHC (Nursing Home Care)
    OC (Outpatient Clinic - Independent)
    OCMC (Outpatient Clinic - Subordinate)
    OCS (Outpatient Clinic Substation)
    OPC (Out Patient Clinic)
    ORC (Outreach Clinic)
    RO-OC (Regional Office - Outpatient Clinic)
    SATELLITE (Satellite Outpatient Clinic)
    SOC (Satellite Outpatient Clinic)
    VAMC (VA Medical Center)
    VANPH (Neural Psychiatric Hospital)
    VA ROSEBERG (VA Roseburg Health Care System)
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$PFTF^DGREGDD(Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Selected facility must be a treating facility with a valid facility type.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR2702^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
27.03 SOURCE DESIGNATION ENR;3 SET
  • 'V' FOR VISTA;
  • 'E' FOR ESR;
  • 'PA' FOR PCP ACTIVE;
  • 'PI' FOR PCP INACTIVE;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 02, 2010
  • DESCRIPTION:  Source designation contains the value of the place the Preferred Facility field (#27.02) was assigned for the patient. Source designation is automatically assigned by the system. The VistA system can only assign a
    Preferred Facility if the current Source Designation is VistA or Primary Care Provider (PCP) Inactive.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  The source designation is the place in which the preferred facility has been assigned. The users on the VistA system can only change a preferred facility if the source designation is VistA or if it is Primary Care
    Provider (PCP) Inactive. All others options will be filed after receiving a Z11 HL7 message from Enrollment System Redesign (ESR). ESR has their own rules in assigning a preferred facility on their side.
    The source designation is automatically assigned by the system.
27.04 PT APPLIED FOR ENROLLMENT? ENR;4 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 02, 2020
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select Y or YES if the patient wants to apply for enrollment for VHA Healthcare benefits. Select N or NO if the patient only wants to register without applying for enrollment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will be set to 0 (zero) if the patient did not apply for enrollment (registration only), or 1 if the patient did apply for enrollment.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
53 *REACTIONS PI;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
57.1 *HEIGHT(cm) 57;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<100)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 100 AND 300
57.2 *WEIGHT(kg) 57;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>150)!(X<40)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  TYPE A WHOLE NUMBER BETWEEN 40 AND 150
57.4 SPINAL CORD INJURY 57;4 SET
  • '1' FOR PARAPLEGIA-TRAUMATIC;
  • '2' FOR QUADRIPLEGIA-TRAUMATIC;
  • '3' FOR PARAPLEGIA-NONTRAUMATIC;
  • '4' FOR QUADRIPLEGIA-NONTRAUMATIC;
  • 'X' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 16, 1988
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the appropriate code.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this patient does not have a spinal cord injury, enter X for not applicable in this field. Otherwise, if the patient does have a spinal cord injury, choose from the other available choices the one
63 LABORATORY REFERENCE LR;1 POINTER TO LAB DATA FILE (#63) LAB DATA(#63)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 1983
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Any changes to this entry must be made from the lab data entry routines. This is the patient's record number in the lab file.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the internal entry number of this patient in the LAB DATA file. This data is entered and maintained by the laboratory package and must NOT be edited under any circumstances. Editing of this data could
    cause severe repercussions in the laboratory package.
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
67 LAB REFERRAL REF LRT;1 POINTER TO REFERRAL PATIENT FILE (#67) REFERRAL PATIENT(#67)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 22, 1997
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the pointer reference to the Referral file of the Laboratory Package. This field is set by the laboratory accessioning software and should not be edited.
    Changing of this pointer will result IN misidentification of patients that could have dire medical repercussions.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
148 CNH CURRENT NHC;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 30, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer yes if the patient is in a contract nursing home now. Otherwise, answer no.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is used to denote when a patient is currently in a contract nursing home. Answer yes if the patient is in a contract nursing home currently. Otherwise, answer no.
220 DENTAL CLASSIFICATION DENT;1 POINTER TO DENTAL CLASSIFICATION FILE (#220.2) DENTAL CLASSIFICATION(#220.2)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 31, 1985
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For Dental Package
220.1 DENTAL ELIGIBILITY EXPIRATION DENT;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 31, 1985
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For Dental Eligibility
361 PATIENT ELIGIBILITIES E;0 POINTER Multiple #2.0361 2.0361

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Choose from the available listing those eligibilities to which this patient might be entitled which are not his primary eligibility.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This multiple contains all eligibilities under which this patient can receive care. This includes his primary eligibility and all other eligibilities he may have.
  • GROUP:  ECD
391 TYPE TYPE;1 POINTER TO TYPE OF PATIENT FILE (#391)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
TYPE OF PATIENT(#391)

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 25, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Choose from the available listing the PATIENT TYPE which best classifies this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the patient type for this patient. This is selectable from the distributed entries in the TYPE OF PATIENT file. The type selected should be the primary one selectable. For example, if the patient is both an NSC
    veteran and an employee, the patient type should be NSC VETERAN, not employee.
    This field is used by the registration screen processor to determine which screens will be editable for this patient. The selection of which screens can be viewed for which types of patients can be made through the
    'Patient Type Update' option.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  The type of patient is used to determine which screens in the registration process should be allowed for entry/edit. The 'Patient Type Update' option in MAS can be used to determine which screens are editable for each
    patient type.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • GROUP:  ECD
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC391^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="391;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="391;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • FIELD INDEX:  APTYPE (#643) REGULAR R SORTING ONLY
    Short Descr: Index TYPE OF PATIENT
    Set Logic: S ^DPT("APTYPE",X,DA)=""
    Kill Logic: K ^DPT("APTYPE",X,DA)
    Whole Kill: K ^DPT("APTYPE")
    X(1): TYPE (2,391) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
401.3 CONDITION DAC;1 SET
  • 'S' FOR SERIOUSLY ILL;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 17, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'S' if this patient is seriouslly ill or '@' to delete. Enter nothing if the patient is not seriously ill.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter 'S' if the patient is seriouslly ill and should be displayed on the Seriouslly Ill Roster. Enter '@' to delete patient from seriouslly ill status.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AS
    1)= S ^DPT("AS",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AS",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^401.4
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=X X ^DD(2,401.3,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^("DAC")=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=401.4 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2) S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="" X ^DD(2,401.3,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),"DAC")):^("DAC"),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^("DAC")=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=401.4 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE VALUE)= TODAY
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= DATE ENTERED ON SI LIST
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS7^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
401.4 DATE ENTERED ON SI LIST DAC;2 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX",%DT(0)="-NOW" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  For this seriouslly ill patient enter the date placed on the seriouslly ill roster.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date the patient was placed on the Seriouslly Ill list.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the CONDITION field of the PATIENT File
404.01 *CURRENT PC PRACTITIONER PC;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 12, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the patient's Primary Care Practitioner.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field stores the patient's Current Primary Care Practitioner.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Programmers should use the input & output APIs for this field in order to be compatible with changes in the Primary Care Management Module Release in winter of 1995-1996.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$SCREEN^DGPMDD(Y,DA)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Select active providers only.
  • EXECUTABLE HELP:  D HELP^DGPMDD(DA)
404.02 *CURRENT PC TEAM PC;2 POINTER TO TEAM FILE (#404.51) TEAM(#404.51)

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 12, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the patient's Primary Care Team.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the patients's Primary Care Team.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field points to the TEAM (#404.51) File (distributed with SD*5.3*30). Programmers should use the input & output APIs for this field in order to be compatible with changes in the Primary Care Management Module Release
    in winter of 1995-1996.
534 PH DATE/TIME UPDATED PH;0 DATE Multiple #2.0534 2.0534
991.01 INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER MPI;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>999999999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N)!('$D(RGRSICN)) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 04, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field can only be edited by CIRN !
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Machine to machine identifier for a patient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AICN
    1)= S ^DPT("AICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This is a non-lookup cross-reference for the Integration Control Number Field.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AHICN^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I $T(ICN^VAFCHIS)'="" D ICN^VAFCHIS(X,DA)
    Used to create ICN History, ICN lookup capability.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AR^MUMPS
    1)= I $T(KILL^VAFCMIS)'="" D KILL^VAFCMIS(DA)
    2)= Q
    Cross Reference is used to delete the 'AMPIMIS' cross reference denoting missing ICN.
  • FIELD INDEX:  APRFEVT (#689) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr: Record PRF HL7 event for new patients
    Description: This trigger creates an entry in the PRF HL7 EVENT (#26.21) file when no entry exists and a national ICN is filed.
    Set Logic: D EVENT^DGPFDD(DA)
    Kill Logic: Q
    X(1): INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER (2,991.01) (forwards)
991.02 ICN CHECKSUM MPI;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<6) X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 15, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This checksum is the calculated checksum for the Integration Control Number. It verifies the integrity of the ICN.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
991.03 COORDINATING MASTER OF RECORD MPI;3 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 13, 2001
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the coordinating site for the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The coordinating site for the patient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACMOR
    1)= S ^DPT("ACMOR",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACMOR",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AHCMOR^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I $T(CMOR^VAFCHIS)'="" D CMOR^VAFCHIS(X,DA)
    This cross-reference is used to create the MPICMOR history multiple for lookup capability.
991.04 LOCALLY ASSIGNED ICN MPI;4 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field will be 1 or YES if a LOCAL ICN has been assigned.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    DESIGNATES THAT THE ICN BELONGING TO THIS PATIENT IS LOCAL
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AICNL
    1)= S ^DPT("AICNL",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AICNL",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    INDICATES THE ICN WAS LOCALLY ASSIGNED
991.05 SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL NUMBER MPI;5 POINTER TO SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL FILE (#774) SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL(#774)

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's Subscription Control Number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field points to a list of subscribers to this patient's data. For example, see details of the MPI/PD messaging implementation. The subscriber list is specific to this patient. Do not change the subscription control
    number without remembering to update the current subscriber list in file 774 (SUBSCRIPTION CONTROL). Use only documented API calls to create a new subscription control number for a patient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    UNEDITABLE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ASCN^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= I '$D(DIU(0)) N DA,DIK S DIK="^HLS(774,",DA=X D ^DIK
    The kill logic on this cross-reference is used to selectively delete entries from the Subscription Control File for patient merges and deletions. Re-indexing the patient file will not affect the Subscription Control file.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ASCN2
    1)= S ^DPT("ASCN2",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ASCN2",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    3)= MPI/PD XREF - DO NOT DELETE!
    This cross-reference is used by Master Patient Index/ Patient Demographics (MPI/PD) for various data validation and reporting functions.
991.06 CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE MPI;6 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>9999999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a number between 0 and 9999999, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This score is used to determine the Coordinating Master of Record.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ACMORS^MUMPS
    1)= S ^DPT("ACMORS",(9999999-X),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("ACMORS",(9999999-X),DA)
    This inverse cross-reference allows patients with the highest CMOR activity score to receive priority processing. The CMOR activity score collating sequence is reversed to process from highest to lowest scores. This
    cross-reference reads: ^DPT('ACMORS',INVERSE CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE,DA)=''
991.07 SCORE CALCULATION DATE MPI;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the last date that the CMOR Activity Score was calculated at this site.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the last date that the CMOR ACTIVITY SCORE was calculated at this site.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
991.08 TEMPORARY ID NUMBER MPI;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>9!($L(X)<9) X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 06, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's Department of Defense 9-digit Temporary ID Number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The Department of Defense (DoD) Defense Eligibility Enrollment Reporting System (DEERS) uses a Temporary Identification Number for individuals (e.g., babies) who do not have or have not provided a Social Security Number
    (SSN) when the record is added to DEERS. It is used for military dependents only. This DoD TEMPORARY ID NUMBER will be used by the Master Veteran Index to support the linking of patient records across VA and DoD.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
991.09 FOREIGN ID NUMBER MPI;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>9!($L(X)<9) X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 06, 2011
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's Department of Defense 9-digit Foreign ID Number.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The Department of Defense (DoD) Defense Eligibility Enrollment Reporting System (DEERS) uses a Foreign Identification Number for foreign military and foreign nationals when the record is added to DEERS. This DoD FOREIGN
    ID NUMBER will be used by the Master Veteran Index to support the linking of patient records without a given Social Security Number (SSN) across VA and DoD.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
991.1 FULL ICN MPI;10 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>29!($L(X)<8)!($S($L($P(X,"V"))>16:1,$L($P(X,"V",2))=6:'(X?1.N1"V"6N),1:'(X?1.N1"V"12N))) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 08, 2014
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the local or national Integration Control Number (ICN) assigned to the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field can only be edited by CIRN!
    The entire Integration Control Number (ICN), which is based on the ASTM E-1714 standard format of a 16 digit identifier, 1 character delimiter, 6 digit checksum, followed by an optional 6 digit encryption scheme.
    ICN is a machine to machine identifier for a patient.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AFICN
    1)= S ^DPT("AFICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AFICN",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This is a non-lookup cross-reference for the FULL ICN (Integration Control Number) field.
991.11 INDIVIDUAL TAX ID MPI;11 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>999999999)!(X<900000000)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Individual Tax Identification Number (900000000-999999999) for the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  An ITIN or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, is a tax processing number only available for certain non-resident and resident aliens, their spouses and dependents who cannot get a Social Security Number (SSN). It
    is a 9-digit number, beginning with the number '9', formatted like an SSN (NNN-NN-NNNN).
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC99111 (#1613) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross-reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,991.11,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,991.11,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): INDIVIDUAL TAX ID (2,991.11) (forwards)
991.91 FULL ICN HISTORY MPIFICNHIS;0 Multiple #2.0991 2.0991

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Maintains the history of all of the full Integration Control Numbers (ICNs) assigned to patients.
992 ICN HISTORY MPIFHIS;0 Multiple #2.0992 2.0992
993 CMOR HISTORY MPICMOR;0 Multiple #2.0993 2.0993
994 MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR MPIMB;1 SET
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'Y' FOR *MULTIPLE BIRTH*;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is the patient part of a multiple birth?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR will designate whether or not the patient is part of a multiple birth (i.e. to identify twins, etc.).
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • FIELD INDEX:  AVAFC994 (#396) MUMPS I ACTION
    Short Descr: This x-ref calls the DG FIELD MONITOR event point.
    Description: This cross reference activates the DG FIELD MONITOR event point. Applications that wish to monitor edit activity related to this field may subscribe to that event point and take action as indicated by the changes that
    occur. Refer to the DG FIELD MONITOR protocol for a description of the information available at the time of the event.
    Set Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,994,"SET",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    Kill Logic: D FC^DGFCPROT(.DA,2,994,"KILL",$H,$G(DUZ),.X,.X1,.X2,$G(XQY0)) Q
    X(1): MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR (2,994) (forwards)
999 ABSENCE DIVISION COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,11),1:0),X=$S($D(^DG(40.8,+X,0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
  • ALGORITHM:  S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,11),1:0),X=$S($D(^DG(40.8,+X,0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 18, 1985
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Computed field used in Absence list. For programmers only.
999.1 INPATIENT WARD COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
  • ALGORITHM:  S X=$S($D(^UTILITY($J,"DG",D0)):^(D0),1:0),X=$S($D(^DIC(42,+$P(X,U,4),0)):$P(^(0),U,1),1:"")
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 08, 1985
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    For use in historical inpatient list. For programmers only
999.2 LAST MEANS TEST COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  S X1=$$LST^DGMTU(D0),Y=$P(X1,U,2) D DD^%DT S X=Y
  • ALGORITHM:  S X1=$$LST^DGMTU(D0),Y=$P(X1,U,2) D DD^%DT S X=Y
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 23, 1993
1000 DISPOSITION LOG-IN DATE/TIME DIS;0 DATE Multiple #2.101 2.101

  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time this patient was registered for care.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The date/time at which this applicant applied for medical benefits, e.g., was registered for care using the 'Registration' option of ADT.
    This multiple contains information on each registration entered for this patient including the date of registration, date of disposition, and type of disposition.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  The date/time at which this applicant applied for medical benefits, e.g., was registered for care using the 'Registration' option of ADT.
    This multiple contains information on each registration entered for this patient including the date of registration, date of disposition, and type of disposition.
1010.15 RECEIVED VA CARE PREVIOUSLY? 1010.15;5 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 20, 1987
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Has this patient received care in a VA previously.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter 'Y' if this veteran has previously received care in another VA facility, otherwise enter 'N'.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.151
    1)= X ^DD(2,1010.15,1,1,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,1010.15,1,1,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,1010.15,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)'["Y"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(1010.15)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.151 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    2.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(2)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,1010.15,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:""),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,5)_":",2),$C(59),1)'["Y"
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(1010.15)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.151 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE CONDITION)= #1010.15'["Y"
    CREATE VALUE)= @
    DELETE CONDITION)= #1010.15'["Y"
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #1010.151
1010.151 MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE 1010.15;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the most recent date of care in a VA facility.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this veteran has previously received care in another VA facility enter the date of care in that facility.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the RECEIVED VA CARE PREVIOUSLY? field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.152
    1)= Q
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,101
    0.151,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,3,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,2),^(1010.15)=$P(DIH,U,1,1)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.152 D ^DICR:$N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    DELETE CONDITION)= MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= MOST RECENT LOCATION OF CARE
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.153
    1)= Q
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,101
    0.151,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,2,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,4,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,3),^(1010.15)=$P(DIH,U,1,2)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.153 D ^DICR:$
    N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    DELETE CONDITION)= MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE
1010.1511 APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE 1010.15;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 06, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter date VA was notified the enrolling patient is requesting an appointment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the date the VA was notified that an enrolling patient or newly enrolled patient request an appointment with a provider. The request may originate from a 1010EZ or a later encounter.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR10101511^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AEACL
    1)= S ^DPT("AEACL",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AEACL",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This cross reference is used for Enrollee Appt. Call List
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1515
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,3,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,3,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM
    This cross reference TRIGGERS the APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1515) of the PATIENT file (#2).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1513
    1)= X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,4,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV,X=X X ^DD(2,1010.1511,1,4,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,13)="",Y(2)=$G(X),Y(3)=$G(X) S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S X=X=1,Y=X,X=Y(2),X=X&Y
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,13)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1513 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= (#1010.1513="")&(INTERNAL(#1010.159)=1)
    CREATE VALUE)= INTERNAL(#1010.1511)
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #1010.1513
    This cross reference will set the current value of the APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE field into the ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE field (#1010.1513) only if the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field (#1010.159) is 1 (YES) and the
    ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE field has not been set.
1010.1512 ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST 1010.15;12 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 02, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor/provider on the patient's initial 1010EZ.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter a 'Y' if the veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor or provider and wants to be seen as soon as one becomes available. Enter a 'N' if the veteran applicant has not requested an appointment
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field reflects a request indicated on the patient's initial 1010EZ.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1514
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1512,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1512,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM
    This cross reference TRIGGERS the ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1514) of the PATIENT file (#2).
1010.1513 ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE 1010.15;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 05, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first date the VA was notified that the enrolling patient requested an appointment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the date the VA enrolling a patient for the first time was notified the patient is requesting an appointment with a provider.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1514
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1513,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,14),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.1513,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,14)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1514 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM
    This cross reference TRIGGERS the ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1514) of the PATIENT file (#2).
1010.1514 ORIG APPT REQUEST CHG DT/TM 1010.15;14 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field was modified. It is used to verify that the most recent update is stored in VistA REE.
  • DESCRIPTION:  ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST LAST UPDATE DATETIME will be used to compare incoming HL7 change message's datetime stamp to, if populated, what is stored in VistA REE's database. The database will not be updated if the
    incoming HL7 message is older than what is currently stored. The message will be rejected if it is not more recent than what is stored in VistA REE.
    It is an 'display only' field and is not editable by the VistA user and is used for data verification only.
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the ORIGINAL APPT REQUEST DATE field of the PATIENT File
1010.1515 APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM 1010.15;15 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field was modified. It is used to verify that the most recent update is stored in VistA REE.
  • DESCRIPTION:  It will be used to compare incoming HL7 change message's datetime stamp to, if populated, what is stored in VistA REE's database. The database will not be updated if the incoming HL7 message is older than what is currently
    stored. The message will be rejected if it is not more recent than what is stored in VistA REE.
    It is an 'display only' field and is not editable by the VistA user and is used for data verification only.
    UNEDITABLE
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field of the PATIENT File
    TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST DATE field of the PATIENT File
1010.152 MOST RECENT LOCATION OF CARE 1010.15;2 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the VA in which care was received most recently.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this veteran have previously received care in another VA facility select from the available listing the name of the facility (or facility number) in which care was rendered most recently.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE field of the PATIENT File
1010.153 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE 1010.15;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E",%DT(0)=-DT D ^%DT K %DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date of care this patient received care in another VA facility.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this applicant has received care in more than one other VA facility enter the date of care received in the next to most recent facility.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE field of the PATIENT File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.154
    1)= Q
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,3)="" I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" X ^DD(2,101
    0.153,1,1,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:""),DIV=X X "F %=0:0 Q:$L($P(DIH,U,3,99)) S DIH=DIH_U" S %=$P(DIH,U,5,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,4),^(1010.15)=$P(DIH,U,1,3)_U_DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=1010.154 D ^DICR:$
    N(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    DELETE CONDITION)= 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE=""
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= #1010.154
1010.154 2ND MOST RECENT LOCATION 1010.15;4 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 13, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the location of care (VA facility) this patient received other care.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If this veteran has received care in more than one other VA facility select from the available listing the name of the facility (or facility number) in which the next to most recent care was received.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the 2ND MOST RECENT DATE OF CARE field of the PATIENT File
1010.156 MOST RECENT 1010EZ 1010.15;6 POINTER TO 1010EZ HOLDING FILE (#712) 1010EZ HOLDING(#712)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 20, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field was added via patch DG*5.3*597, distributed with EAS*1.0*51.
    The purpose of this field is to link the PATIENT file record with the Veteran's latest 1010EZ Application to this site. The 1010EZ data is retained in 1010EZ HOLDING File (#712). The internal entry number to file #712 is
    stored in the MOST RECENT 1010EZ field.
    UNEDITABLE
1010.157 COMBAT INDICATED ON 1010EZ 1010.15;7 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 16, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field was added via patch DG*5.3*597, distributed with EAS*1.0*51.
    The purpose of this field is to store within the PATIENT file the applicant's answer to the 1010EZ question:
    DID YOU SERVE IN COMBAT AFTER 11/11/1998?
    This field may contain any of the following:
    0 for "NO"
    1 for "YES"
    null (i.e., not answered)
1010.158 DISABILITY DISCHARGE ON 1010EZ 1010.15;8 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 16, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field was added via patch DG*5.3*597, distributed with EAS*1.0*51.
    The purpose of this field is to store within the PATIENT file the applicant's answer to the 1010EZ question:
    WAS DISCHARGE FROM MILITARY FOR A DISABILITY INCURRED OR AGGRAVATED IN THE LINE OF DUTY?
    This field may contain any of the following:
    0 for "NO"
    1 for "YES"
    null (i.e., not answered)
1010.159 APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ 1010.15;9 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 05, 2019
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the Veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor/provider.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter a 'Y' if the Veteran applicant has requested an appointment with a VA doctor or provider and wants to be seen as soon as one becomes available. Enter a 'N' if the Veteran applicant has not requested an appointment.
    This question may only be entered once for the Veteran if the initial entry is Yes.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field reflects a request indicated on the patient's initial 1010EZ or at a later encounter.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1010159^MUMPS
    1)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    2)= D EVENT^IVMPLOG(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference is used to notify HEC of changes that may affect enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1515
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,2,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,15),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=$$NOW^XLFDT() X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,2,2.4)
    2.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,15)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1515 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    DELETE VALUE)= S X=$$NOW^XLFDT()
    FIELD)= APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM
    This cross references TRIGGERS the APPT REQUEST 1010EZ CHG DT/TM field (#1010.1515) of the PATIENT file (#2).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.1512
    1)= X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,12),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV,X=X X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,3,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X X ^DD(2,1010.159,1,3,69.2) S Y(4)=$G(X) S X=Y(0),X=X S X=X=1,Y=X,X=Y(3),X=X&Y
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.15)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.15),U,12)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.1512 D ^DICR
    2)= Q
    69.2)= S Y(2)=$C(59)_$P($G(^DD(2,1010.1512,0)),U,3),Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.15)):^(1010.15),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(2),$C(59)_$P(Y(1),U,12)_":",2),$C(59))="",Y(3)=$G(X)
    CREATE CONDITION)= (#1010.1512="")&(INTERNAL(#1010.159)=1)
    CREATE VALUE)= INTERNAL(#1010.159)
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST
    This cross reference will set the current value of the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ field into the ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT REQUEST field (#1010.1512) only if the APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ is 1 (YES) and the ORIGINAL
    APPOINTMENT REQUEST field has not been set.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AEAR (#542) REGULAR IR SORTING ONLY
    Short Descr: Contains YES entries
    Description: This cross reference contains 'yes' entries
    Set Logic: S ^DPT("AEAR",X,DA)=""
    Set Cond: S X=X(1)=1
    Kill Logic: K ^DPT("AEAR",X,DA)
    Whole Kill: K ^DPT("AEAR")
    X(1): APPOINTMENT REQUEST ON 1010EZ (2,1010.159) (Subscr 1) (forwards)
1010.161 APPOINTMENT REQUEST STATUS 1010.16;1 SET
  • 'C' FOR CANCELLED;
  • 'E' FOR EWL;
  • 'F' FOR FILLED;
  • 'I' FOR IN PROCESS/VETERAN CONTACTED;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 01, 2021
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter status of appointment request.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is the status of the veteran's new appointment requested. This field is entered by the user through the new enrollee appointment request option.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""E"""
  • EXPLANATION:  EWL no longer valid
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.162
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=% X ^DD(2,1010.161,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.162 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,2),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,2)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.162 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= NOW
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= DATE STATUS LA
1010.162 DATE STATUS LAST EDITED 1010.16;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 17, 2008
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date appointment request status was last edited. This field is updated by the computer whenever anyone edits the status information.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST STATUS field of the PATIENT File
1010.163 APPOINTMENT REQUEST COMMENT 1010.16;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>200!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 31, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 2-200 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is entered by the user through the new enrollee appointment request option.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^1010.164
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV N %I,%H,% D NOW^%DTC S X=% X ^DD(2,1010.163,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.164 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,1010.16)):^(1010.16),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,4),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$G(^DPT(DIV(0),1010.16)),DIV=X S $P(^(1010.16),U,4)=DIV,DIH=2,DIG=1010.164 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= NOW
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= DATE COMMENT LAST
1010.164 DATE COMMENT LAST EDITED 1010.16;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 17, 2008
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date appointment request comment was last edited. This field is updated by the computer whenever anyone edits the comment information.
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the APPOINTMENT REQUEST COMMENT field of the PATIENT File
1100.01 FUGITIVE FELON FLAG FFP;1 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) D FFP^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 13, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Respond 'YES' if a Fugitive Felon warrent has been received for this patient
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is in support of Pub. L. 107-103, section 505, and is used to flag a patient who has a fugitive felon warrant outstanding. This information will be provided to the appropriate personnel to enter. Access to
    this field requires the DGFFP ACCESS key. This field should not be updated directly, but should be entered through the appropriate Fugitive Felon Program options.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= D FFP^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  FFP
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AUFFP^MUMPS
    1)= S DGFFF=X,X="DGFFP01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DD^DGFFP01(DA) S X=DGFFF K DGFFF
    2)= S DGFFF=X,X="DGFFP01" X ^%ZOSF("TEST") D:$T DD^DGFFP01(DA) S X=DGFFF K DGFFF
    This cross-reference is used to set the following fields:
    FFF ENTERED BY (#1100.02)
    FFF DATE ENTERED (#1100.03)
    FFF REMOVED BY (#1100.04)
    FFF DATE REMOVED (#1100.05)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AXFFP
    1)= S ^DPT("AXFFP",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^DPT("AXFFP",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This cross-reference is used for sorting patients that have the Fugitive Felon Flag set. If the flag is not set, a cross-reference will not exist for the patient.
1100.02 FFF ENTERED BY FFP;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 12, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the user who is setting the current Fugitive Felon Flag
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who entered the current Fugtitive Felon Flag for this patient. It is automatically entered when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is entered.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field can only be set by the appropriate option and cannot be set through Fileman.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  FFP
1100.03 FFF DATE ENTERED FFP;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  (No range limit on date)
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Date/Time the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) was entered. This field is automatically set when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is set.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field can only be set through the appropriate option, it cannot be set through FileMan.
  • GROUP:  FFP
1100.04 FFF REMOVED BY FFP;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 12, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the user who removed the Fugitive Felon Flag
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the user who removed the current Fugitive Felon Flag for this patient. It is automatically entered when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is deleted.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field can only be modified through the appropriate options, it cannot be modified through FileMan.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  FFP
1100.05 FFF DATE REMOVED FFP;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 12, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time the Fugitive Felon Flag is removed
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Date/Time the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG Field (#1100.01) was removed. This field is automatically set when the FUGITIVE FELON FLAG field (#1100.01) is deleted.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field can only be set through the appropriate option and cannot be directly set.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • GROUP:  FFP
1100.09 FFF REMOVAL REMARKS FFP;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 04, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 2-80 characters in length. This is a short comment about clearing this flag.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the FFF flag has been cleared for this patient, this field contains a short reason as to why the flag was cleared. This is a free text field which allows up to 80 characters to be entered.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
1900 APPOINTMENT S;0 POINTER Multiple #2.98 2.98

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This multiple contains information on appointments this patient has had or is scheduled to have. This information includes the date/time of the appointment, the clinic, and the reason for the appointment.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
1901 VETERAN (Y/N)? VET;1 SET
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X) S:'$D(DPTX) DFN=DA D:'$D(^XUSEC("DG ELIGIBILITY",DUZ)) VAGE^DGLOCK:X="Y" I $D(X) D:$D(DFN) EV^DGLOCK
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 02, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Is this patient requesting care as a veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces?
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter 'Y' if this applicant is over 17 years of age and is a veteran, 'N' if not. If applicant is under 17 years of age and is a veteran only those users holding the designated security may identify him/her as a veteran.
    Once eligibility is verified only those users who hold the designated security key may enter/edit this field.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= S DFN=DA D EV^DGLOCK I '$D(X)
  • GROUP:  SVC
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AN^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGMTCOR K DGMTCOR
    This cross reference acts like a trigger. It 'triggers' the status field in file 408.31 (ANNUAL MEANS TEST) for the co-pay exemption test. It will update the field to 'NO LONGER APPLICABLE' if appropriate.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AN1^MUMPS
    1)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGRP7CC
    2)= S DFN=DA D EN^DGRP7CC
    THIS CROSS REFERENCE CONTAINS TRIGGERS TO DELETE DATA FROM SPECIFIED FIELDS WHEN THE 'VETERAN (Y/N)' FIELD IS CHANGED TO "NO".
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^2^.301
    1)= X ^DD(2,1901,1,3,1.3) I X S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^DPT(D0,.3)):^(.3),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X="N" X ^DD(2,1901,1,3,1.4)
    1.3)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(0)=X S Y(1)=$C(59)_$S($D(^DD(2,1901,0)):$P(^(0),U,3),1:"") S X=$P($P(Y(1),$C(59)_Y(0)_":",2),$C(59),1)'["Y"
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^DPT(DIV(0),.3)):^(.3),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(.3)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=2,DIG=.301 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= Q
    CREATE CONDITION)= #1901'["Y"
    CREATE VALUE)= "N"
    DELETE VALUE)= NO EFFECT
    FIELD)= #.301
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AENR1901^MUMPS
    1)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    2)= D AUTOUPD^DGENA2(DA)
    3)= DO NOT DELETE
    This cross-reference will be used to update the patient's enrollment.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AVAFC1901^MUMPS
    1)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="1901;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    2)= I ($T(AVAFC^VAFCDD01)'="") S VAFCF="1901;" D AVAFC^VAFCDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to the PATIENT file (#2) outside of the Registration process. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and
    mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 ADT-A08 message.
    The local variable VAFCFLG will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not executed because the change is being made from within the Registration process.
    Execution of this cross reference can be prevented by setting the local variable VAFCA08 equal to 1.
    The local variable VAFCF is used to identify the field edited. This data is stored in the FIELD(S) EDITED (#2.1) field in the ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71).
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^ADGRU1901^MUMPS
    1)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    2)= D:($T(ADGRU^DGRUDD01)'="") ADGRU^DGRUDD01(DA)
    This cross reference is used to remember that changes were made to a monitored data field in the PATIENT File (#2) required for a vendor RAI/MDS COTS system. Execution of this cross reference will create an entry in the
    ADT/HL7 PIVOT file (#391.71) and mark it as requiring transmission of an HL7 demographic A08 update message to the COTS interface.
    The local variable DGRUGA08 will be set to 1 if the cross reference is not to be executed as part of a re-indexing.
1903 ARCHIVED DATA ARCH;0 SET Multiple #2.12 2.12

  • DESCRIPTION:  This multiple is not presently used by the MAS module. Archiving capabilities for the patient file are not yet available.
    This multiple was distributed in 1987, but the archiving routines were not distributed.
1910 COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM 5;0 DATE Multiple #2.191 2.191

  • DESCRIPTION:  Supports the registration of an applicant in the Community Care Program.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM multiple consists of data reflective of the CCP related information when an Eligibility contains COLLATERAL OF VET.
    The functionality of these data items operate as follows:
    1 - COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE is a required field entered by the user
    2 - EFFECTIVE DATE is a required field entered by the user
    3 - CCP LAST UPDATED DATE is created (as a Timestamp) via the system upon
    filing of the data through an ADD, EDIT or a REMOVE function
    4 - END DATE is created via the system upon filing of data, under certain
    conditions:
    a) when an EDIT of the record is performed, the existing record is
    added with an END DATE and a new record is created
    b) when a REMOVE of a record is performed
    While all records are always retained, any records with an END DATE will not be displayed as only active records are viewable.
    When the COLLATERAL OF VET Eligibility is removed (via screen <7>), all the existing open CCP records will be added with an END DATE and closed out with the Archive flag set to 1. CCP records with this flag set will not be
    sent on the HL-7 ORU/ORF-Z07 message.
    If the COLLATERAL OF VET Eligibility is re-established, the CCPs need to be re-entered.
  • INDEXED BY:  CCP LAST UPDATED DATE & COMMUNITY CARE PROGRAM CODE & EFFECTIVE DATE & END DATE (ACCCP)
2001 DATE LAST EICD RUN INS;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 07, 2018
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the last EICD Identification inquiry was run for this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field contains the date that the last EICD Identification inquiry was transmitted to the Financial Services Center (FSC).
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    When the Health Level 7 (HL7) message for an EICD Identification inquiry is actually transmitted, VistA will populate this date.
3000 VTS PATIENT FLAG 3000;1 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 02, 2012
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Does this patient want to be in the Veteran Transportation Service (VTS) program?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field indicates whether or not the patient is or wants to be part of the Veteran Transportation Service (VTS).
11500.01 INITIAL ODS TREATMENT RECEIVED ODS;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 12, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time this patient was initially seen for an ODS related treatment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the date/time this patient was initially entered as ODS. This field will automatically be created when ODS is selected as the PERIOD OF SERVICE for this patient.
    WRITE AUTHORITY: ^
  • NOTES:  TRIGGERED by the PERIOD OF SERVICE field of the PATIENT File
11500.02 RECALLED TO ACTIVE DUTY ODS;2 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR NATIONAL GUARD;
  • '2' FOR RESERVES;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 18, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Was this ODS patient recalled to active duty?
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Was this operation desert shield patient recalled to active duty? If so select from national guard or reserves. If not, answer no.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS6^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
11500.03 RANK ODS;3 POINTER ***** TO AN UNDEFINED FILE (#25002.1), STORED IN ^DIC(25002.1) *******

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),""^"",4),(""^e^c^""[(""^""_$P(^(0),""^"",2)_""^""))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 17, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the grade/rank of this ODS patient
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Enter the grade/rank of this operation desert shield patient.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),""^"",4),(""^e^c^""[(""^""_$P(^(0),""^"",2)_""^""))"
  • EXPLANATION:  Only active ranks (no federal employees)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  2^AODS5^MUMPS
    1)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
    2)= S A1B2TAG="PAT" D ^A1B2XFR
537025 NETWORK IDENTIFIER 537025;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>33!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 15, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-33 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field holds the synonym values from the Network Health Exchange Authorized Site file indicating where a particular patient has been found to have data.
537026 MHV SOCIALIZATION 1;0 DATE Multiple #2.0537026 2.0537026

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 12, 2014
  • DESCRIPTION:  This multiple contains all of patient responses to questions about My HealtheVet registration and actions taken by the clerk to acquaint the patient with My HealtheVet (MHV). Once a patients registration in My HealtheVet
    is confirmed by setting the MHV Registered (#537027), the MHV AUTHENTICATED (#537028), and MHV SECURE MESSAGING (#537029) fields to to 1 (YES) and/or 0 (NO), no additional actions or responses will be filed here.
537027 MHV REGISTERED 2;1 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 19, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient is registered in My HealtheVet, otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field indicates whether the patient is, or is not, registered in My HealtheVet.
537028 MHV AUTHENTICATED 2;2 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '2' FOR ACTION;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient's My HealtheVet registration has been authenticated, otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field indicates if the patient's My HealtheVet registraton has, or has not, been authenticated. This field may only be accessed if the patient has been registered in My HealtheVet (MHV REGISTERED equals YES).
537029 MHV SECURE MESSAGING 2;3 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '2' FOR ACTION;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 07, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient has opted to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account, enter YES. Otherwise enter NO.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field indicates whether the patient has, or has not, opted to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account. This field may only be accessed if the patient's My HealtheVet registration has been authenticated
    (MHV AUTHENTICATED equals YES).
537030 MHVREG UPDATE DATE/TIME 2;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 20, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time My HealtheVet registration was confirmed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures the Date/Time the patient was confirmed for My HealtheVet registration and when the MHV REGISTERED field was set to 1 (YES).
537031 MHVAUTH UPDATE DATE/TIME 2;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time My HealtheVet registration was authenticated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures the date/time the patient's My HealtheVet registration was authenticated by setting the MHV AUTHENTICATED field to 1 (YES).
537032 MHVSM UPDATE DATE/TIME 2;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ESTR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time the patient opted to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures the date/time the patient's My HealtheVet registration was approved for secure messaging by the patient.
537033 MHV REGISTER DECLINED TEXT 2.1;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 20, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 2 to 250 characters free text reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures a free text reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet. This free text reason may only be entered when "9-Other" is selected in response to the MHV MSG DECLINED REASON field.
537034 MHV AUTH DECLINED TEXT 2.2;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 07, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 2 to 250 characters free text reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet registration.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field captures a free text reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet registration. This free text reason may only be entered when "9-Other" is selected in response to the MHV AUTH DECLINED REASON
    field.
537035 MHV MSG DECLINED TEXT 2.3;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>250!($L(X)<2) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 07, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 2 to 250 characters free text reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field captures a free text reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet registration. This free text reason may only be entered when "9-Other" is selected in response to the MHV MSG
    DECLINED REASON field.
537036 MHV REGISTER DECLINED REASON 2;7 POINTER TO MHV DECLINED REASONS FILE (#390.03) MHV DECLINED REASONS(#390.03)

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 19, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures the reason the patient declined to register in My HealtheVet.
537037 MHV AUTH DECLINED REASON 2;8 POINTER TO MHV DECLINED REASONS FILE (#390.03) MHV DECLINED REASONS(#390.03)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 28, 2016
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet registration.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures the reason the patient declined to authenticate their My HealtheVet registration.
537038 MHV MSG DECLINED REASON 2;9 POINTER TO MHV DECLINED REASONS FILE (#390.03) MHV DECLINED REASONS(#390.03)

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2015
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field captures the reason the patient declined to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
537041 MHV MSG ACTIONS 3;0 POINTER Multiple #2.0537041 2.0537041

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The MHV MSG ACTIONS multiple captures the actions taken by the registration clerk to assist a patient opting to use secure messaging with their My HealtheVet account.
537042 MHV AUTH ACTIONS 4;0 POINTER Multiple #2.0537042 2.0537042

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    The MHV AUTH ACTIONS multiple contains the actions taken by the registration clerk to upgrade/authenticate the patient's My HealtheVet registration.

ICR, Total: 11

ICR LINK Subscribing Package(s) Fields Referenced Description
ICR #1624
  • Outpatient Pharmacy
  • DATE OF DEATH (.351).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    ^DD(2,.351,1,52,0) = 2^APSOD^MUMPS^DD(2,.351,1,52,1) = I $$VERSION^XPDUTL("PSO")>6 D APSOD^PSOCAN3(DA)^DD(2,.351,1,52,2) = I $$VERSION^XPDUTL("PSO")>6 D APSOD^PSOAUTOC(DA)^DD(2,.351,1,52,3) = Discontinues Outpatient Medications for v7.^DD(2,.351,1,52,"%D",0) = ^^2^2^2961024^^^^^DD(2,.351,1,52,"%D",1,0) = This xref is used to discontinue all activeoutpatient medications whenever^DD(2,.351,1,52,"%D",2,0) = a date of death is entered for the patient.^DD(2,.351,1,52,"%D",3,0) = This xref is used with v7 of Outpatient Pharmacy(DBIA #1624).^DD(2,.351,1,52,"%D",4,0) = Kill logic updated with DG*5.3*455. Mail messagesent to pharmacy when date^DD(2,.351,1,52,"%D",5,0) = of death is deleted to holders of PSORPH key.^DD(2,.351,1,52,"DT") = 2961023
    ICR #2483
  • Womens Health
  • PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE] (.131).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (.111).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    CITY (.114).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    STATE (.115).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    ZIP CODE (.116).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    VETERAN (Y/N)? (1901).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    ICR #2562
    ICR #2655
  • Clinical Information Resource Network
  • Master Patient Index VistA
  • ICR #2787
  • Lab Service
  • ICR #3101
  • PCE Patient Care Encounter
  • Text Integration Utility
  • ICR #3339
  • Fee Basis
  • Lab Service
  • NAME (.01).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    SEX (.02).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    DATE OF BIRTH (.03).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER (.09).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    SERVICE CONNECTED? (.301).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    TYPE (391).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    VETERAN (Y/N)? (1901).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    ICR #4938
  • Spinal Cord Dysfunction
  • SPINAL CORD INJURY (57.4).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER (991.01).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    Direct global access to the "AICN" cross-reference toidentify DFN based on a given ICN.
    ICR #5571
  • JAL FEDERAL HEALTH CARE CENTER
  • NAME (.01).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    SEX (.02).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    DATE OF BIRTH (.03).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    MARITAL STATUS (.05).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    RELIGIOUS PREFERENCE (.08).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER (.09).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    REMARKS (.091).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PLACE OF BIRTH [CITY] (.092).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PLACE OF BIRTH [STATE] (.093).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    STREET ADDRESS [LINE1] (.111).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    ZIP+4 (.1112).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    STREET ADDRESS [LINE2] (.112).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    STREET ADDRESS [LINE3] (.113).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    CITY (.114).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    STATE (.115).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    COUNTY (.117).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    COUNTRY (.1173).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PHONE NUMBER [RESIDENCE] (.131).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    EMAIL ADDRESS (.133).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] (.134).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PAGER NUMBER (.135).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-NAME OF PRIMARY NOK (.211).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (.212).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE1] (.213).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE2] (.214).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (.215).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-CITY (.216).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-STATE (.217).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-PHONE NUMBER (.219).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.21011).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-NAME OF SECONDARY NOK (.2191).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (.2192).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (.2193).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (.2194).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (.2195).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-CITY (.2196).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-STATE (.2197).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-PHONE NUMBER (.2199).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.211011).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-ZIP+4 (.2201).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K2-ZIP+4 (.2203).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-ZIP+4 (.2204).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    K-ZIP+4 (.2207).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    MOTHER'S MAIDEN NAME (.2403).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    RATED INCOMPETENT? (.293).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    SERVICE CONNECTED? (.301).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    SERVICE CONNECTED PERCENTAGE (.302).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    RECEIVING VA DISABILITY? (.3025).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    CLAIM NUMBER (.313).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    CLAIM FOLDER LOCATION (.314).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PERIOD OF SERVICE (.323).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.33011).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-NAME (.331).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (.332).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (.333).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (.334).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (.335).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-CITY (.336).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-STATE (.337).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E-PHONE NUMBER (.339).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.331011).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-NAME OF SECONDARY CONTACT (.3311).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-RELATIONSHIP TO PATIENT (.3312).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 1] (.3313).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 2] (.3314).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-STREET ADDRESS [LINE 3] (.3315).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-CITY (.3316).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-STATE (.3317).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    E2-PHONE NUMBER (.3319).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    PRIMARY ELIGIBILITY CODE (.361).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    AMOUNT OF GI INSURANCE (.3626).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    RECEIVING A&A BENEFITS? (.36205).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    RECEIVING HOUSEBOUND BENEFITS? (.36215).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    RECEIVING A VA PENSION? (.36235).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    GI INSURANCE POLICY? (.36265).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    TOTAL ANNUAL VA CHECK AMOUNT (.36295).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    TYPE (391).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    INTEGRATION CONTROL NUMBER (991.01).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    ICN CHECKSUM (991.02).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    MULTIPLE BIRTH INDICATOR (994).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    VETERAN (Y/N)? (1901).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    ICR #5597
  • Scheduling
  • Virtual Patient Record
  • Outpatient Pharmacy
  • PHONE NUMBER [CELLULAR] (.134).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    K-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.21011).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    K2-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.211011).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    E-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.33011).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    E2-WORK PHONE NUMBER (.331011).
    Access: Read w/Fileman

    ICR #6053
  • Mobile Scheduling Applications Suite
  • CLINIC (.01).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    PURPOSE OF VISIT (9).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    APPOINTMENT TYPE (9.5).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    DATE APPT MADE (20).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    LAB DATE/TIME (5).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    X-RAY DATE/TIME (6).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    EKG DATE/TIME (7).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    DATA ENTRY CLERK (19).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    APPOINTMENT TYPE SUB CATEGORY (24).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    SCHEDULING REQUEST TYPE (25).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    NEXT AVA. APPT INDICATORY (26).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    NO-SHOW/CANCELLED BY (14).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    NO-SHOW/CANCEL DATE/TIME (15).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    CANCELLATION REASON (16).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    COLLATERAL VISIT (13).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    STATUS (3).
    Access: Direct Global R/W & w/Fileman

    ROUTING SLIP PRINTED (8).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    SPECIAL SURVEY DISPOSITION (10).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    NUMBER OF COLLATERAL SEEN (11).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    AUTO-REBOOKED APPT. DATE/TIME (12).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    ROUTING SLIP PRINT DATE (8.5).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    OUTPATIENT ENCOUNTER (21).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    ENCOUNTER FORMS PRINTED (22).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    ENCOUNTER FORMS AS ADD-ONS (23).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    ENCOUNTER CONVERSION STATUS (23.1).
    Access: Direct Global Read & w/Fileman

    CANCELLATION REMARKS (17).
    Access: Both R/W w/Fileman

    Info |  Desc |  Directly Accessed By Routines |  Accessed By FileMan Db Calls |  Pointed To By FileMan Files |  Pointer To FileMan Files |  Fields |  ICR  | All